FOUNDATION BOOKS

For NEET | JEE | Olympiads | Boards | CUET

 FOUNDATION BOOKS FOR NEET | JEE | OLYMPIADS | BOARDS | CUET

Comprehensive Theory Section

BIOLOGY IN
 Detailed and self-explanatory theory with multiple illustrations, tables and flow charts for better understanding.
 Unique sections like Activity Corner, Do You Know?, and Competition Window to enhance learning engagement.
 Concept Maps to simplify complex topics and aid in quick revision. EDITION
 Solved examples and enhanced NCERT textbook exercises provide a strong conceptual foundation.
Level wise Practice Exercises
 Three levels of MCQs, with Cognitive level tagging and Level 3 (Competency Focused Questions) featuring Olympiads and HOTS (Higher Order
Thinking Skills) questions for advanced practice.
 Diverse question formats including MCQs, Match the Following, Assertion & Reason, Comprehension, Subjective Problems (covering very short
to long answers), Case/Passage Based Questions, and Integer/Numerical Value types to prepare students thoroughly.
Additional Practice Support
 Chapterwise Answer keys and Detailed solutions for all exercises, ensuring students understand each step of the solution.
 Solved practice papers tailored for CBSE, NEET, and JEE Main exams, giving students exam-oriented practice.
 Includes the latest NSO/IMO exam questions with detailed solutions to prepare students for competitive exams.
MTG Foundation Course Series provides a strong foundation in Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics and Biology, making it ideal for students aiming to
excel academically and in competitive exams.

FOUNDATION COURSE CLASS 6

PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS BIOLOGY

 Exploring Magnets  Materials Around Us  Patterns in Mathematics  The Wonderful World of Science
 Measurement of Length and Motion  A Journey through States of Water  Lines and Angles  Diversity in the Living World
 Temperature and its Measurement  Methods of Separation in Everyday Life  Number Play  Mindful Eating: A Path to a
 Beyond Earth  Changes Around Us  Data Handling and Presentation Healthy Body
 Light, Shadows and Reflections  Prime Time  Living Creatures: Exploring their
Characteristics
 Electricity and Circuits  Perimeter and Area
 Nature’s Treasures
 Fractions
 Playing with Constructions
 Symmetry
 The Other Side of Zero

FOUNDATION COURSE CLASS 7

PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS  Comparing Quantities BIOLOGY

 Heat  Acids, Bases and Salts  Integers  Rational Numbers  Nutrition in Plants
 Motion and Time  Physical and Chemical Changes  Fractions and Decimals  Perimeter and Area  Nutrition in Animals
 Electric Current and Its Effects  Data Handling  Algebraic Expressions  Respiration in Organisms
 Light  Simple Equations  Exponents and Powers  Transportation in Animals and Plants
 Lines and Angles  Symmetry  Reproduction in Plants
 The Triangle and Its  Visualising Solid Shapes  Forests : Our Lifeline
Properties  Wastewater Story
 FOUNDATION BOOKS FOR NEET | JEE | OLYMPIADS | BOARDS | CUET
FOUNDATION COURSE CLASS 8

PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS  Comparing Quantities BIOLOGY

 Force and Pressure  Coal and Petroleum  Rational Numbers  Algebraic Expressions and  Crop Production and Management
 Friction  Sound  Combustion and Flame  Linear Equations in One Identities  Microorganisms : Friend and Foe
 Chemical Effects of Electric Current  Materials : Metals and Variable  Mensuration
 Some Natural Phenomena Non-metals  Understanding  Conservation of Plants and Animals
 Exponents and Powers
 Light  Planets  Matter : Elements, Quadrilaterals  Direct and Inverse  Reproduction in Animals
 Measurements and Motion Compounds and Mixtures  Data Handling Proportions  Reaching the Age of Adolescence
 Temperature and Heat  Atoms, Molecules and Atomic Structure  Squares and Square Roots  Factorisation  Cell - Structure and Functions
 Magnetic Effects of Electric Current  Cubes and Cube Roots  Introduction to Graphs

FOUNDATION COURSE CLASS 9

PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS BIOLOGY

 Motion  Matter in Our Surroundings  Number Systems  Cell - The Fundamental Unit of Life
 Force and Laws of Motion  Is Matter Around Us Pure ?  Polynomials  Tissues
 Gravitation  Atoms and Molecules  Coordinate Geometry  Improvement in Food Resources
 Thrust and Pressure  Structure of the Atom  Linear Equations in Two Variables  Diversity in Living Organisms
 Work and Energy  Introduction to Euclid’s Geometry  Why Do We Fall Ill
 Sound  Lines and Angles  Natural Resources
 Triangles
 Quadrilaterals
 Circles
 Heron’s Formula
 Surface Areas and Volumes
 Statistics

FOUNDATION COURSE CLASS 10

PHYSICS CHEMISTRY  Periodic Classification of MATHEMATICS  Introduction to Trigonometry BIOLOGY

 Light – Reflection and Refraction  Chemical Reactions and Elements  Real Numbers  Some Applications of  Life Processes
Equations  Mole Concept and Stoichiometry  Polynomials Trigonometry  Control and Coordination
 The Human Eye and the Colourful World
 Pair of Linear Equations  Circles  How Do Organisms Reproduce?
 Electricity  Acids, Bases and Salts  Atomic Structure
in Two Variables  Areas Related to Circles  Heredity
 Magnetic Effects of Electric Current  Metals and Non-metals  Chemical Bonding  Quadratic Equations  Surface Areas and Volumes  Our Environment
 Nuclear Energy  Carbon and its  Chemical Equilibrium  Arithmetic Progressions  Statistics  Evolution
Compounds  Practical Chemistry  Triangles  Probability  Sustainable Management of
 Coordinate Geometry Natural Resources
 SAMPLE
CHAPTERS
PHYSICS
 03
Temperature and its
Measurement
 Hot or Cold  Thermometer and its types
Learning  Heat  Air Temperature
Outcomes...  Temperature and its Measurement  Heat Transfer

Introduction
We can have a rough idea if someone is having fever by merely touching her forehead, but this
is not reliable. Human perception of temperature can be subjective and influenced by factors
like the temperature of the environment or person’s own body temperature. For example, a
person might feel warm when touched due to being in a warm environment, but her actual
body temperature could be normal. So it is not always correct to judge that a person has fever
only by touching the person.
Using a thermometer is essential for accurate measurement of temperature. Incorrect measurements
can lead to incorrect diagnosis and wrong treatment of the condition.

Hot or Cold
We see that some objects around us are cold while some others are hot. How do we say whether
a body is hotter or colder? We often try to know the same by touching them. But is it possible
to use the same method always? Then how do we find out how hot an object really is?

Feeling hotness or coldness of water by dipping hands.

 Take three small tubs/containers. Label them as A, B and C. Put cold water
in container A and hot water in container B. (Make sure that the water is
not so hot that you burn your hand)
 Mix some cold and hot water in container C.
 Now dip your left hand in container A and the right hand in container B.
 After keeping the hands in the two containers for 2-3 minutes, put both hands simultaneously
in container C. Do both the hands get the same feeling?
Left hand Right hand
Left hand Right hand feels hot feels cold

A B C

Cold Hot Lukewarm

water water water

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 51

 Here, we will notice that the water in tub C does not feel equally warm to both the hands. Since,
to the left hand, this lukewarm water appears to be hot while to the right hand, this lukewarm
water appears to be cold.
So it is true to say that we cannot depend on our sense of touch for estimating the hotness or
coldness of an object.

Temperature
Temperature is a reliable measure of the hotness or coldness of an object. The object is how
much hot or cold is decided based on its temperature.
The temperature of an object is an only property that indicates which object is hot and which
one is cold. A high temperature of a body indicates that it is very hot whereas a low temperature
of the object indicates that it is quite cold, e.g., the temperature of boiling water is quite high,
so boiling water appears to be very hot. On the other side, the temperature of melting ice is
quite low. So, ice appears to be very cold on touch.

DO YOU
KNOW?
 Younger children typically have higher body temperature than adults
 Physical activity can increase body temperature due to increased metabolic rate.
 Body temperature can vary throughout the day, usually being lower in the
morning and higher in the later afternoon and evening.

Heat
Heat is a form of energy. It makes a substance hotter. Heat cannot be seen by us. We can feel the
heat by the ‘temperature effect’ it produces. When heat is given to a substance, its temperature
increase and it becomes hotter. For example, when a utensil is kept on a gas burner, it gets
heat, its temperature increases and it becomes hot. On the other hand, when heat is removed
from a substance then its temperature decreases and it becomes cold. For example, when water
is kept in a refrigerator, then heat gets removed from water, its temperature decreases and it
becomes cold.
When two bodies of different temperatures are in contact, what is the direction of flow of heat?
Heat always flows from body of higher temperature to one of lower temperature.

DO YOU
KNOW?
As heat is a form of energy. So its unit is same as energy i.e., Joule or
Calorie. There are 4.2 joules in one calorie.

ILLUSTRATIONS appropriately for the weather, adjust heating

and cooling systems and monitor health
conditions.
1 How can temperature measurement
impact daily life and various industries? 2 Why is it important to measure temperature
Ans.: Accurate measurement of temperature accurately in scientific experiments?
is essential in various industries such as food Ans.: To ensure reproducibility and reliability of
processing, medicine and manufacturing. It results, it is important to measure temperature
also impacts daily life by helping us to dress accurately in scientific experiments.

52 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

Measuring Temperature
Temperature is measured by a device called thermometer. The property of the expansion
and contraction of substances due to heating and cooling is used in thermometers. Generally,
mercury is used in the thermometer. It provides a quantitative value of how hot or cold the
object or substance is.
The SI unit of temperature is Kelvin (K). Other units Kelvin Celsius Fahrenheit
°C °F
of temperature are Fahrenheit (°F), Rankine (°R). Upper fixed Upper fixed
point point Steam point
212°F
z Construction of thermometer: A thermometer 373 K 100°C

is made of a glass tube, with a capillary tube

inside it. To the end of this, there is a cylindrical 100°C 100°C 180°F
bulb filled with mercury or alcohol.
Ice point 32°F
z Calibration of thermometer: The lower marking 273 K
0 0 0°C
Lower Lower
on thermometer is the melting point of pure fixed fixed
point point
water while the upper marking is the boiling
point of pure water.
z Celsius scale: The gap between the lower fixed point (LFP) and upper fixed point (UFP) on
a thermometer is, divided into hundred units and each unit is 1°C. The LFP is 0°C while
the UFP is 100°C.
z Kelvin scale of temperature: 0°C is equal to 273 K. To convert Celsius scale into Kelvin
scale, just add 273 to the value in degree Celsius.
Example: 17°C = 273 + 17 = 290 K
z Fahrenheit scale of temperature: The LFP is 32°F and UFP is 212°F.
This scale is used mostly on clinical thermometers since the same gap between LFP and UFP
is divided into 180 divisions whereas the same gap is divided into 100 divisions in Celsius
and Kelvin scales. In converting the temperature from Celsius to Fahrenheit, the formula is
F = (9/5)C + 32.

Reasons Why Mercury is Used in Thermometer

(a) It is opaque and shiny. It can be easily seen through the glass to note the reading.
(b) It does not stick to the glass.
(c) It is a good conductor of heat.
(d) Used over a wide range of temperatures since it has low freezing point (–39°C) and a high
boiling point (357°C).

DO YOU
KNOW?
The constant temperature at which, the solid substance changes into liquid is
called its melting point. The constant temperature at which, a liquid changes into
gaseous state is called boiling point.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 53

 Relation between Temperature Measuing Scales COMPETITION WINDOW
 A branch of physics which deals with the
(c) Kelvin scale (K) → Ice point = 273.15
measurement of temperature, (temperature
K, Steam point = 373.15 K
of a substance) is known as the thermometry.
 Conversion method of temperature scale
 Temperature Measuring Scales (Thermometer) :
C F − 32 K − 273 R
(a) Celsius Scale (°C) → Ice Point = 0°C, = = =
5 9 5 4
Steam Point = 100°C
where, C = Celsius, F = Fahrenheit,
(b) Fahrenheit scale (°F) → Ice Point = 32°F,
K = Kelvin, R = Reaumur
Steam Point = 212°F

ILLUSTRATIONS  °C × 9 
⇒ F 
 39 × 9 
+ 32 =  + 32 = 102.2°F
 5   5 
3 Aishwarya is suffering from fever and her 4 Ethyl alcohol boils at 78.5°C and freezes at
temperature was 39°C. What is her temperature 117°C under a pressure of 1 atm. convert these
in Fahrenheit and Kelvin scale of temperature? temperatures to the
Ans.: (i) K = °C + 273 = 39 + 273 = 312 K (A) Kelvin scale
°C F − 32 (B) Fahrenheit scale
(ii) =
5 9 Ans.: (A) 351.5 K, 156 K (B) 173.3°F, – 178.6 °F

Type of Thermometers
Digital Thermometer
Most of the common thermometers are mercury thermometers
which use a liquid metal called mercury for their working.
Mercury is a toxic substance (poisonous substance) and hence A digital thermometer
it is very difficult to dispose of safely if a thermometer breaks. So, there is a lot of concern over
the use of mercury in thermometers. These days, digital thermometers are available which do
not use mercury.

How to use a digital thermometer to measure body temperature?

 Wash you hand and tip of the digital thermometer with soap and water.
 Turn on the thermometer and click till the number zero appears on the display.
 Place the tip of the thermometer under the tongue and close you mouth.
 Wait for a few seconds before you hear the beepin sound from the thermometer.
 Remove the thermometer and check for the temperature on the display.
 Record the temperature in table given below.
 After use, clean the tip of the thermometer with soap and water and dry it.
 Repeat the above steps fro measuring the temperatures of your friends, and second the
observations in the table given below.
S. No. Name Temperature (°C)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

54 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

Clinical Thermometer
Clinical thermometer is used for the measurement of body temperature. The body temperature
varies slightly. Therefore the range of clinical thermometer is between 35°C to 42°C. Clinical
thermometer has graduated scale, on which scale is mentioned in degree celsius and in fahrenheit.
Small division on the body of the clinical thermometer represents the temperature of 0.1 °C or
1
degree C. The range in terms of fahrenheit on the body of the thermometer is between 94°F
10
to 108°F. Human body temperature on the fahrenheit scale is 98.4°F and in the celsius scale it
is 37°C. Clinical thermometer is made up of glass tube and a liquid (mercury or alcohol or
hydrocarbon based fluid) is filled inside it. 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 °C
As the temperature increases, volume of the 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 °F
mercury expands. Division on the body of the
Mercury Constriction Mercury Steam
thermometer shows the increase in temperature. bulb theread

Precautions to be followed while using a clinical thermometer

The thermometer should be washed before and after use, preferably with an antiseptic solution
Jerk the thermometer a few times to bring the level of the mercury down.
Before use, the mercury level should be below 35°C or 94°F.
Do not hold the thermometer by its bulb.
Keep the mercury level along your line of sight and then take the reading.
Handle thermometer with care. If it hits against some hard object, it may break.
Do not place the thermometer in a hot flame or in the hot sun.
Laboratory Thermometer
A laboratory thermometer is used for measuring temperatures, it ranges from –10°C to 110°C
which is other than the human body temperature. Laboratory thermometers are used for lab
purposes such as checking freezing point, boiling point, or temperature of other substances.
110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 –10
Mercury

Capillary tube Bulb

A laboratory thermometer

To take reading of a laboratory thermometer.

There are following steps to read the Temperature
80

temperature on a laboratory thermometer. reading (80°C)

70

 First of all, take some hot water in

60

a beaker
50

 Now, try to hold the laboratory thermometer from its

40

glass tube and immerse the bulb of the thermometer

30

in hot water taken in the beaker. Notice that the bulb

of the thermometer should not touch the sides or the
20

bottom of the beaker as shown in figure.

10

 Here, we will observe the shining thread of mercury

0

moving up in the thermometer tube. After sometime, Beaker

–10

the mercury will stop rising and stand at one place.

 Now, read the temperature on thermometer tube which Hot water
corresponds to the top of mercury thread. This will Measuring temperature of hot water
give us the temperature of hot water taken in the beaker. with a laboratory thermometer

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 55

 Precaution in Using a Laboratory Thermometer
z The laboratory thermometer should be held vertically (or upright) while measuring
temperature. It should not be tilted.
z The thermometer bulb should be surrounded from all sides by the substance whose
temperature is to be measured.
z The thermometer bulb should not touch the sides or bottom of the container in which the
substance is taken.
z Read the thermometer while its bulb is still in touch with the substance whose temperature
is being measured.
z Read the thermometer by keeping the level of mercury along the line of sight.
z Do not hold the thermometer by the bulb.
z Handle the thermometer with care. It can break it hit against any hard object.

DO YOU
KNOW?
These are the special thermometers which automatically record the maximum
and minimum temperature of the day. The maximum and minimum temperature
of the last day reported in weather reports in TV and newspapers are measured
by the maximum-minimum thermometers.

Pyrometer
The laboratory thermometer cannot be used to measure the temperature of a furnace as its
temperature is above 1000°C. The thermometer which is used for this purpose is called pyrometer.
This thermometer is made by joining together two wires of different metals. Different metals
are used on the basis of the temperature to be measured. An electric current passes through
this device when one end of it is held in the furnace. The magnitude of electric current gives
the measure of temperature.

Comparison Between Clinical Thermometer and Laboratory Thermometer

A similarity between clinical thermometer and laboratory thermometer is the both are mercury
in glass thermometers. The differences between a clinical thermometer and a laboratory
thermometer are as follows :
(i) The clinical thermometer has a very short temperature range (35°C to 42°C) whereas a
laboratory thermometer has a large temperature range (usually from, – 10°C to 110°C).
(ii) The clinical thermometer has a kink (or constriction) in its tube to prevent the back flow
of mercury into the bulb whereas a laboratory thermometer has no kink.
(iii) The clinical thermometer measures temperature more accurately (up to 0.1°C) than a
laboratory thermometer (which usually measures up to 1°C).

56 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

Air Temperature
Air temperature is the measure of the warmth or coolness of the air. It is the degree
of heat or cold in the air, usually measured in degrees Celsius (°C), Fahrenheit (°F),
or Kelvin (K). It gives us an approximate idea of room temperature.
You might have seen thermometers, such as the one shown in figure, hung on walls 120 50
110
of you school laboratory, doctor’s clinic, and hospitals. These give an approximate 100 40
idea of the room temperature 90
80 30
Because weather depends on several factors, these temperatures usually vary every 70
60 20
day. Generally, as we approach the summer season, the temperature rises and during 50
40 10
the winter season, it falls. There are many techniques for measuring air temperature. 30
Air temperature is an important weather parameter and is monitored at weather 20 0

stations all over the world. The data gathered on air temperature along with various
other parameters are used for making weather forecasts.

Heat Transfer COMPETITION WINDOW

 You might have observed that food prepared
Convection
cools down when kept for a long time. The
 Convection is the process of heat transfer by
heat is transferred from the food to the
the bulk movement of molecules within fluids
surroundings. So, heat is always transmitted
such as gases and liquids. For example, sea
from a hot substance to cold substance. The
breeze and land breeze
transmission of heat takes place in three
 Sea breeze : Land gets heated faster as
following ways :
compared to water. The air over the land
1. Conduction becomes hotter and rises up. The cooler air
2. Convection from the sea rushes in towards the land to
3. Radiation take its place. The warm air from the land
Convection Conduction moves towards the sea to complete the cycle
and phenomenon is called sea breeze. It
happens in day time.
 Land breeze : The water cools down more
Radiation
slowly than the land. The cool air from the
land moves towards the sea and phenomenon
 Conduction : It is a mode of heat transfer is called the land breeze. It happens in night
from particle to particle without any actual time.
Day time Night time
movement of the particles. E.g., if we heat
one end of a metal rod the other end of
the rod also becomes hot. Here the heat
has travelled from the hot end to the cold
end by the process of conduction. All solids
generally get heated by conduction.
Hot Hot Cool
 Touching a hot object being burnt, cooling Cool
down of your hand on holding ice are also
Sea breeze and Land breeze
examples of conduction of heat.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 57

  Radiation : Radiation is a mode of heat sun. This heat is transferred to us by the
transfer from the source to the receiver mode of radiation. Heat from fire is also
without any actual movement of the source
an example of radiation. The greenhouse
or the receiver and also without heating the
intervening medium. Transfer of heat through works on radiation. Heating up of a room
radiation does not require any medium. We through an electric heater happens because
feel warm when we receive heat from the of radiation.

ILLUSTRATIONS
5 Which figure shows the correct way of
redding the temperature on thermometer?

A cup of hot tea

(a) Conduction (b) Evaporation
(c) Convection (b) Radiation
hot hot Ans.: Radiation
water water
A B 7 Why digital thermometers are preferred
over clinical thermometer?
Ans.: Mercury is a toxic substance and is very
difficult to dispose of if a thermometer breaks
hence, digital thermometers are better than
hot hot
the clinical thermometers.
water water
8 During winter season why does hot water
C D
kept in a bucket, in open becomes cold after
Ans.: Image B is correct position of thermometer sometime.
in water and is properly aligned to eyes also. Ans.: When there is a temperature difference
between two bodies, the heat flows from a
6 Which process causes the air above the body at a higher temperature to a body at a
hot tea to the get heated? lower temperature.

58 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

 CONCEPT MAP

Celsius Scale Fahrenheit Scale Kelvin Scale

• Here ice point (L.F.P) is taken • Here, ice point (L.F.P) is taken
• On this scale, ice point (L.F.P is
as 32°F and steam point as 273 K and steam point. Steam
taken as 0°C and steam point is
(U.F.P) is taken as 212°F. point (U.F.P) is taken as 373 K.
taken as 100°C).
• The fundamental interval is • The fundamental interval is
• The fundamental interval (interval
between L.F.P and U.F.P) is divided divided into 180 equal parts. divided into 100 equal parts.
into 100 equal parts (division). • Each part corresponds to a • Each division corresponds
• Each division corresponds to a difference of temperature to 1 K.
difference of temperature of 1°C. of 1°F.

Scales of temperature

Measurement of
temperature Conversion of one Scale to another Scale
Temperature and
C−0 F − 32 K − 273
Thermometer its Measurement = =
100 − 0 212 − 32 273 − 173
• Thermometer is a device used
Winds, Storms
Measure of degree of hotness
or coldness of a body is called
to measure temperature.
• Generally, mercury is used in
and Cyclone
temperature.
thermometers. Temperature is measured in
celsius, fahrenheit Air Temperature
or kelvin.
• Measure of the warmth or
Transmission of Heat coolness of the air.
• I t g i ve s i d e a a b o u t r o o m
• Conduction (solid) : Transfer of heat from one Effects of
temperature.
substance to another due to direct contact. temperature
There is no movement of the heated particles
of the medium. Heat
• Convection (liquid, gases) : Transfer of heat
through a fluid caused by the molecular motion. • Heat is a form of energy which causes the
There is actual movement of the heated sensation of hotness or coldness.
particles of the medium. • Heat always flows from a body of higher
The phenomenon of land breeze and sea
breeze are based on natural convection. temperature to a body of lower temperature.
• Radiation vacuum : Energy is radiated or • It is measured in joule or calorie.
transmitted in the form of rays of waves of
particle
Type of thermometers

Clinical Thermometer Laboratory Thermometer Digital Thermometer Pyrometer

• It is used for • It is used in the laboratory • It is used for measuring It is used to

measurement of body for measurement of the temperature with the measure very high
temperature. temperature of chemicals help of an electronic temperature.
• Range of clinical and for other purposes. circuit.
thermometer is • Range of laboratory • It is widely used
between 35°C to 42°C. thermometers is –10°C because of their
to 110°C. accuracy.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 59

 Solved Examples
1. Express the following temperatures in the 6. If you are given the choice in winter of
Celsius scale: 131°F using either an old blanket or a new blanket
Ans.: Given, temperature = 131°F, what would you choose and why?
To find C = ? Ans.:
5 We know, air is a bad conductor of heat so, the
We know, C = (F − 32 )
9 air which is trapped in between the air spacing
5 5 of cotton in a blanket act as an insulator and
= (131 − 32 ) = × 99 = 55°C prevents the flow of heat from our body to the
9 9
cold surroundings however, the trapping of air
2. A faulty thermometer has its fixed points is more in new blanket as compared to the old
marked 5 and 95. When this thermometer reads blanket because when the quilt gets older, the
68, find the correct temperature in Celsius air spacing of the cotton gets compressed which
scale. makes it less good insulator. Hence, I will choose
Ans.: 70°C the new blanket over the old one.
3. Ethyl alcohol boils at 78.5°C and freezes 7. Thermometer ‘A’ of length 20 cm has
at – 117°C under a pressure of 1 atm. Convert the tempera­ture range 32°A – 212°A and
these temperatures to the thermometer ‘B’ of the same length has the
(A) Kelvin scale temperature range 37°B–157°B. Choose the one
(B) Fahrenheit scale. which can measure an accurate tem­perature
Ans.: (A) 351.5 K, 156 K, (B) l73.3°F – 178.6°F of the body.
Ans.: Thermometer ‘A’ has the number of
4. According to the weather report the
divisions (212 -32) = 180 and thermometer ‘B’ has
temperature of Dimapur today is 86°F .Convert
(157 – 37) = 120 divisions. So, the single division
it into °C.
value on scale A is smaller than ‘B’ scale.
Ans.: Given, temperature of Dimapur = 86°F,
So, thermometer ‘A’ measures the temperature
To find C = ?
more accurately than ‘B’.
5
We know, C = (F − 32 ) 8. Express the following temperatures in the
9
5 5 Celsius scale: 77°F
= (86 − 32 ) = × 54 = 30°C Ans: Given, temperature = 77°F
9 9
To find C = ?
Therefore, temperature of Dimapur = 30°C
5
5. The temperature during a hot day in delhi We know, C = (F − 32 )
9
was 45°C. Express this temperature in degree 5 5
Fahrenheit. = (77 − 32 ) = × 45 = 25°C
9 9
Ans.: Given, temperature in delhi = 45°C
To find, F = ? 9. Explain why a clinical thermometer is
 9 exclusively used to measure the human body
We know, F =  C ×  + 32 temperature and a labora­tory thermometer is
 5
used to measure the temperatures of different
 9 substances but not to measure the human
=  45 ×  + 32 = (81 + 32) = 113°F
 5 body temperature.

60 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

Ans.: The clinical thermometer is designed to 10. A new thermometer calibrated as X°U
measure the temperature of the human body to (X + 100)°U, then find the reading on this
only. The temperature of human body normally scale which is equal to 300 K temperature on
does not go below 35°C and 42°C. It means that the absolute scale.
the range is from 35°C to 42°C. So, it is not used Ans.: New thermometer LFP = X°U and
in measuring the temperature of any object other UFP = (X + 100)°U
than human body. Reading on kelvin scale is 300 K that means
Normal thermometer or laboratory thermometer C = K – 273 = 300– 273 = 27°C
Let ‘R’ be the reading on the new thermometer
is generally from –10°C to 110°C and value of
each small division is 1°C. Thus, small variations  R − LFP   C−0 
 UFP − LFP  =
in body temperature cannot be measured new scale
 100 − 0  °C
accurately by using a laboratory thermometer. R−X C R − X 27
= ⇒ =
So, we cannot use this thermometer to find out (X + 100) − X 100 100 100
the temperature of the human body. R – X = 27 ⇒ R = (27 + X)°U

NCERT Section
1. The normal temperature of a healthy human Who do you think followed the correct way
being is close to for measuring temperature?
(a) 98.6°C (b) 37.0°C (c) 32.0°C (d) 27.0°C (a) Student 1 (b) Student 2
2. 37°C is the same temperature as (c) Student 3 (d) Student 4
(a) 97.4°F (b) 97.6°F (c) 98.4°F (d) 98.6° F 6. Colour to show the red column on the
3. Fill in the blanks: drawings of thermometers (figures below)
(i) The hotness or coldness of a system is as per the temperatures written below:
determined by its .
(ii) The temperature of ice-cold water cannot
be measured by a thermometer. 14°C 17°C 7.5°C
(iii) The unit of temperature is degree .
4. The range of a laboratory thermometer is
usually
(a) 10°C to 100°C (b) –10°C to 110°C
(c) 32°C to 45°C (d) 35°C to 42°C
5. Four students used a laboratory thermometer
to measure the temperature of water as
shown in figures below.

7. Observe the part of thermometer shown in

figure and answer the following questions:

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 61

 (i) What type of thermometer is it?
(ii) What is the reading of the thermometer?
(iii) What is the smallest value that this
thermometer can measure?
8. A laboratory thermometer is not used to
measure our body temperature. Give a
reason.
9. Vaishnavi has not gone to school as she
is ill. Her mother has kept a record of her
body temperature for three days as shown
in Table below.
Temperature (in °C) at A B C

Day 7 am 10 am 1 pm 4 pm 7 pm 10 pm
11. The temperature shown by the thermometer
One 38.0 37.8 38.0 38.0 40.0 39.0
in figure is
Two 38.6 38.8 39.0 39.0 39.0 38.0
Three 37.6 37.4 37.2 37.0 36.8 36.6
Table: Body temperature record of Vaishnavi (a) 28.0°C (b) 27.5°C (c) 26.5°C (d) 25.3°C
(i) What was Vaishnavi’s highest recorded 12. A laboratory thermometer has 50 divisions
temperature? between 0°C and 100°C. What does each
(ii) On which day and at what time was division of this thermometer measure?
Va i s h n a v i ’ s h i g h e s t t e m p e r a t u r e
13. Draw the scale of a thermometer in which
recorded? the smallest dimension reads 0.5°C. You
(iii) O n w h i c h d a y d i d Va i s h n a v i ’ s may draw only the portion between 10°C
temperature return to normal? and 20°C.
10. If you have to measure the temperature 22.5°C, 14. Someone tells you that she has a fever of
which of the following three thermometers 101 degrees. Does she mean it on the Celsius
will you use (figure)? Explain. scale or Fahrenheit scale?

Exercise
Multiple Choice Questions (c) specific heat
(d) latent heat R
LEVEL - 1 2. The constant temperature at which a solid
1. Pyrometer is an instrument used to measure substance changes into liquid state is called
(a) high temperature (a) Melting point of the substance.
(b) low temperature (b) Boiling point of the substance.

62 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

 (c) Saturation temperature. parts on a Celsius scale
(d) Evaporation temperature. R (a) 100 (b) 273
(c) 180 (d) 50 U
3. Temperature is measured in .
(a) Degree celsius 9. Normal temperature of the human body
(b) Kelvin is .
(a) 87 K (b) 273 K
(c) Degree fahrenheit
(d) All the above R (c) 37°C (d) 82°F R

4. The reliable measure of hotness of an object 10. Clinical thermometer is calibrated in .

is (a) Celsius scale (b) Fahrenheit scale
(a) its heat content (c) Absolute scale (d) Both (a) and (b)
(b) its temperature R
(c) its contact with other objects 11. For a clinical thermometer we use a solid
(d) None of these U and a liquid. The liquid use in a clinical
5. The direction of flow of heat is thermometer is
(a) always from hotter body to a cooler (a) a metal
body (b) a non-metal
(b) always from cooler body to a hotter (c) neither a metal nor a non-metal

body (d) None of the above is correct R

(c) always from a body at a lower temperature 12. Convert 95°F to °C.
to a body at higher temperature (a) 49°C (d) 35°C
(d) All the above are correct U (c) 28°C (d) 42°C R

6. Which of the following devices is used for 13. The glass tube used for construction of a
measurement of temperature of human thermometer should be
body? (a) long (b) narrow
(a) Thermometer (c) uniform (d) All of these
(b) Clinical thermometer U
(c) Laboratory thermometer 14. Cooling in a motor car is done by
(d) None of these R (a) Conduction
7. At low temperatures types of (b) Convection
thermometer is used. (c) Radiation
(a) mercury thermometer (d) All of the above
(b) water thermometer 15. In solids, generally the heat is transferred
(c) alcohol thermometer by
(d) thermometers cannot be used R (a) Conduction (b) Convection
8. The difference between lower fixed point (c) Radiation (d) All of the above
and upper fixed point is divided into U

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 63

 16. Which of the following thermometers does 23. Which of the following features are that of
not use mercury? a clinical thermometer?
(a) Clinical thermometers A. Short temperature range
(b) Laboratory thermometers B. Wide temperature range
(c) Digital thermometers C. Alcohol filled glass bulb
(d) All of these use mercury R D. Constriction in glass tube
17. In the process of flow of heat by conduction (a) A and B (b) B and C
(a) there is no movement of the substance (c) A and D (d) B and D R
(b) the heat transfer takes place from higher
24. Digital thermometers available these days
temperature part of body to lower
for measuring temperature use :
temperature part of body
(c) occurs when one end of an iron rod is (a) alcohol (b) water
heated on a burner (c) mercury (d) none of these
(d) All the above are correct U R

18. The heat from the sun reaches us on the 25. Which of the following is a poor conductor
earth by the process of : of heat?
(a) conduction (b) radiation (a) Plastic (b) Aluminium
(c) convection (d) none of these (c) Silver (d) Copper
R
26. Which of the following is true in case of
19. The process which can transfer heat through mode of transmission of the of heat?
the vacuum as well as air is : (a) Convection is possible only in case of
(a) conduction (b) convection liquids and gases.
(c) irradiation (d) radiation R (b) Radiation is the fastest mode of heat
20. The mode of transfer of heat in the absence transfer.
medium is called . (c) Conduction is possible only in case of
(a) Convection (b) Conduction solids.
(c) Radiation (d) All of the above (d) All of the above R
 R
27. Sea breeze and land breeze are formed due
21. The scale in clinical thermometer is marked to .
from °C to °C (a) Conduction
(a) 35°C to 43°C (b) 36°C to 44°C (b) Convection
(c) 37°C to 45°C (d) 38°C to 46°C (c) Radiation
R (d) All of the above
22. The device used for measuring temperature 28. Which of the following is a poor conductor
is called : of heat?
(a) tachometer (b) odometer
(a) Wood (b) Water
(c) thermometer (d) barometer
(c) Air (d) All of the above
R U

64 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

29. M e r c u r y i s w i d e l y u s e d i n c l i n i c a l 34. The convection currents in air transfer heat:
thermometers because (a) downwards
(a) mercury is cheap (b) upwards
(b) mercury is clearly visible (c) downwards as well as upwards
(c) it is fashionable to use mercury (d) sideways U
(d) mercury has a constant coefficient of 35. Which of the following conditions lead to
expansion. the blowing of sea-breeze in coastal areas.
30. The equatorial and polar regions of the A. Land cool and sea warm
earth receive unequal solar heat. The B. Land hot and sea cool
convection current arising due to this is C. Day time
called D. Night time
(a) land breeze (b) sea breeze (a) A and B (b) A and C

(c) trade wind (d) tornado R (c) B and C (d) B and D Ap

36. 40°C in Fahrenheit scale is equal to

LEVEL - 2 (a) 104°F (b) 110°F
(c) 119°F (d) 100°F An
31. Mercury has a boiling point and a
melting point. 37. On heating a substance which of the following
(a) high, low (b) low, high physical quantities change(s)?
(c) high, high (d) low, low U (a) Density (b) Mass
(c) Volume (d) Both (a) and (c)
32. Conduction is the primary mode of heat
U
transfer in which of the following?
(a) Water (b) Solid 38. The physical state of a substance can be
(c) Liquid (d) gases Ap changed by
(a) Maintaining its temperature.
33. Two laboratory thermometers are marked
(b) Removing heat energy from the substance.
as ‘A’ and ‘B’. The bulb of thermometer
(c) Giving heat energy to the substance.
‘A’ is wrapped in a white cloth and that
(d) Both (b) and (c)
of thermometer ‘B’ in black cloth. Both the
39. The temperature of an object is 60°C. Its
thermometers are placed in-sunlight for an
value in Fahrenheit scale is
hour. After one hour:
(a) 120°F (b) 130°F
(a) Both the thermometers will read the
(c) 140°F (d) 110°F An
same temperature.
(b) Thermometer ‘A’ will show higher 40. The temperature on a Fahrenheit scale
temperature than ‘B’ is 98.6°F? What is the corresponding
(c) Thermometer ‘B’ will show higher temperature on a Kelvin scale?
temperature than ‘A’ (a) 310.2 K (b) 280.3 K
(d) None of the above is correct. An (c) 420.5 K (d) 370.6 K An

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 65

 41. Two temperature scales A and B are related 47. What are the commonly used reference
A − 42 B − 72 temperatures for constructing temperature
by = . At which temperature
110 220 scales?
two scales have the same reading? (a) Melting point of wax and boiling point
(a) –42° (b) –72° of alcohol
(c) +12° (d) – 40° (b) Melting point of wax and boiling point
42. By heating, of substances can be of water
changed. (c) Melting point of ice and boiling point-
(a) Size (b) Temperature of wax
(c) State (d) All of the above (d) Melting point of ice and boiling point
U of water. An

43. An iron ball at 40°C is dropped in a mug 48. Which of the following statements is true?
containing oil at 40°C. Then (a) Copper has a higher rate of conduction
(a) Heat flows from iron ball to oil. than iron.
(b) Heat flows from oil to iron ball. (b) Iron has a higher rate of conduction
(c) Heat does not flow between oil and than copper
iron. (c) Al um i n i um h as a h i gh er rat e of
(d) Temperature of oil increases and conduction than iron
temperature of iron ball decreases. (d) Both (b) and (c) An
Ap 49. Which of the following is the reason for
44. In a thermos flask, the loss of heat energy sea breeze and land breeze to blow?
due to the following method is minimized. (a) Water heats up faster than land
(a) Conduction (b) Convection (b) Land heats up much faster than water
(c) Radiation (d) All of the above (c) Water and land gets heated up equally
Ap fast
45. Heat energy brings about . (d) None of these Ap
(a) Chemical changes in matter 50. Why does an electric heater have a mirror
(b) Change in dimensions fitted behind its heating coil?
(c) Change in temperature (a) Mirror is a good conductor of heat
(d) All of the above (b) Mirror is a bad conductor of heat
(c) To improve convection of heat
LEVEL - 3 (HOTS)
(d) Mirrors reflect heat radiation to the
Competency Focused Questions (CFQs) front of the heater Ap
46. What does temperature measure? 51. Arrange the following steps in sequential
(a) Degree of hotness of a body order to construct a celsius thermometer.
(b) degree of coldness of a body (A) Lower fixing point is marked by placing
(c) Volume of a body the bulb of the thermometer in pure
(d) both (a) and (b) An melting ice.

66 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

 (B) A thin capillary tube, covered with a Breads 110°, then find the reading of A.
thick glass stem and providing a funnel (a) 18°C (b) 27°C
is taken. (c) 36° C (d) 55°C Ev
(C) The distance between upper fixing point
57. At w h a t t e m p e r a t u r e a f a h r e n h e i t
and lower fixing point is divided into
thermometer be double that of a centigrade
100 equal parts and calibrated.
thermometer?
(D) Upper fixing point is marked by placing
(a) 140°C (b) 160°C
the bulb of the thermometer in boiling
(c) 180°C (d) 200°C Ev
water.
(E) While pouring the mercury in the tube, 58. When a liquid in a beaker is heated on a
place the mercury bulb in hot water gas burner
both to remove air bubbles. (a) heated molecules becomes less dense
(F) Lat the funnel and seal that end and rise
(a) BEFADC (b) BEADCE (b) colder molecules from above move
(c) BFECAD (d) BEFCAD Cr down and get heated
(c) the heat is transferred by convection
52. Convection is the primary mode of heat
(d) All of these are correct An
transfer in which of the following?
(a) Solids and liquids 59. Which one of the following will not help
(b) Liquids and gases to cool down a cup of hot tea?
(c) Gases and solids (a) Stirring the contents of cup continuously
(d) only liquids Ap (b) Adding a piece of ice to the cup of hot
tea
53. Express the following temperatures in the
(c) Pouring the hot tea in a saucer
Fahrenheit scale.
(d) Adding more sugar to the cup of tea.
110°C
(a) 210°C (b) 220°C 60. An iron ball at 60°C is dropped in a mug
(c) 230°C (d) 240°C containing water at 60°C. The heat will
(a) flow from iron ball to water
54. Find the temperature at which Fahrenheit
and Kelvin scales give the same reading. (b) not flow from iron ball to water or from
(a) 544°C (b) 554°C water to iron ball
(c) 564°C (d) 574°C Ev
(c) flow from water to iron ball
(d) increase the temperature of both
55. The temperature of liquid hydrogen is 20 K.
What is this temperature on the Fahrenheit 61. When one end of an iron rod is heated, its
scale? other end also becomes hot soon. Name
(a) 393°F (b) 403°F the process by which heat flows in the iron
(c) 413°F (d) 423°F Ev rod.
(a) Radiation (b) Conduction
56. Two thermometers A and B have fundamental
interval of 45° and 100°. The lower points (c) Convection (d) All of these
of A and B are 0° and 50° respectively. If Ap

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 67

 62. Name the process by which a frying pan (a) ACDB (b) ABCD
transfers heat from the gas stove through (c) ACBD (d) ADBC Cr
its bottom to the food kept inside it.
Fill in the Blanks
(a) Convection (b) Radiation
(c) Conduction (d) None of above 1. A cold steel spoon is dipped in a cup of
hot milk. It transfers heat to its other end
63. A hot utensil (filled with hot water) kept
by the process of .
away from flame cools down by transferring
2. The hotness of an object is determined by
heat to surroundings. Name the process of
its .
heat transfer involved.
(a) Conduction (b) Convection 3. Temperature is measured in degree .

(c) Radiation (d) None of these. 4. Temperature of boiling water cannot be

 Ap measured by a thermometer.

64. In case of an incense stick or an agarbati, 5. In liquids and gases, heat is transferred by

the smoke at the lighted end of stick moves the process of .

in upward direction, it is because 6. If heat energy is given to a substance and

(a) The cool air below the lighted end moves its temperature remains constant, then the
to take the place of hot air above the substance undergoes a change in .

lighted end. 7. is the SI unit of heat.

(b) The air at the hot end is more dense. 8. If temperature of a substance increases, the
(c) It is natural for the smoke to move up. average kinetic energy of molecules of the
(d) The smoke is repelled by the gravity of substance .
earth. Ap 9. Fastest mode of transmission of heat is
65. Arrange the following steps in sequential .
order to show that the conduction of heat 10. The highest and lowest temperatures of the
is different in different conductors. day are measured by a thermometer called
(A) Take two identical rods one is copper the .
and the other is iron.
True or False
(B) The ends of the two rods are heated
with the same spirit lamp. 1. In a clinical thermometer the mercury level
(C) Fix some nails on the rods with the help immediately falls when taken out of the
mouth.
of wax at equal distances.
(D) The nails near to the flame falls first 2. Heat energy is invisible.
from the copper rod and then from the 3. The heat required to raise the temperature
iron rod. of 1 kg of water by 1 °C is called one calorie.

68 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

4. The heat absorbed by a substance decreases 2. List-I List-II
with increase in temperature. (P) Range of clinical (1) 35°C to 42°C
thermometer
5. The maximum and minimum temperature of
(Q) Range of (2) –10°C to 110°C
the day is measured by doctor’s thermometer.
Laboratory
6. The thermometer has a shining thread of thermometer
water. (R) Normal body (3) 37°C
temperature
7. The temperature of boiling water can be (S) A liquid metal (4) Mercury
measured by a clinical thermometer.
(a) (P)-(2), (Q)-(1), (R)-(3), (S)-(4)
8. No medium is required for transfer of heat (b) (P)-(3), (Q)-(4), (R)-(1), (S)-(2)
by the process of convection. (c) (P)-(4), (Q)-(3), (R)-(2), (S)-(1)

9. Marking on clinical thermometer is from (d) (P)-(1), (Q)-(2), (R)-(3), (S)-(4)

0°C to 100°C. 3. List-I List-II

(P) Water (1) Convection
10. The maximum and minimum temperature
currents
of the day is measured by a laboratory (Q) Temperature (2) Bad absorber of
thermometer. heat
(R) White (3) Bad conductor
Match the Following of heat
(S) Sea breeze (4) Liquid state
In this section, each question has two matching (T) Mercury (5) Degree Celsius
lists. Choices for the correct combination of
(a) (P)-(3), (Q)-(5), (R)-(2), (S)-(1), (T)-(4)
elements from List-I and List-II are given as
(b) (P)-(1), (Q)-(2), (R)-(3), (S)-(4), (T)-(5)
options (a), (b), (c) and (d) out of which one
(c) (P)-(3), (Q)-(4), (R)-(1), (S)-(2), (T)-(5)
is correct.
(d) (P)-(5), (Q)-(4), (R)-(3), (S)-(2), (T)-(1)
1. List-I List-II
(P) Clinical (1) Kink Assertion & Reason Type
thermometer
Directions : In the following questions, a
(Q) Laboratory (2) Scale marked in
statement of assertion is followed by a statement
thermometer °C
of reason. Mark the correct choice as :
(R) Steel (3) Good conductor (a) If both assertion and reason are true and
(S) Plastic (4) Bad conductor reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but
(a) (P)-(4), (Q)-(3), (R)-(2), (S)-(1)
reason is not the correct explanation of
(b) (P)-(1), (Q)-(2), (R)-(3), (S)-(4)
assertion.
(c) (P)-(2), (Q)-(1), (R)-(3), (S)-(4) (c) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(d) (P)-(3), (Q)-(4), (R)-(1), (S)-(2) (d) If assertion is false but reason is true.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 69

 1. Assertion : The body temperature of every Reason : Celcius (C) and Fahrenheit (F)
person is not 37°C. 9
are related as F = C + 32 .
Reason : It is an average temperature of 5
human body. 8. Assertion : All materials conduct the heat.
2. Assertion : Radiation is a method of transfer Reason : Conductors are the materials
of heat. which allow heat to pass
Reason : The process of heat transfer that through them easily.
does not require any medium 9. Assertion : A vacuum flask keeps hot liquids
is called convection. hot and cold liquids cold.
3. Assertion : To check the body temperature, Reason : A thermos flask is silvered to
a thermometer is usually placed minimise the heat transfer by
in mouth or in armpit. convection.
Reason : The normal body temperature 10. Assertion : Sea breeze refers to the movement
of a healthy person is 37°C or of cold air from sea towards
98.6 F. land during day time.
Reason : Land breeze refers to the
4. Assertion : The most common scales used
movement of cold air from
to measure the temperature
land towards sea during night
are celsius scale and fahrenheit
scale. time.
Reason : The interval between upper fixed
Comprehension Type
point and lower fixed point
of these scales is divided into PASSAGE-I : Vinay with a group of adventurous
100 equal parts. friends, went to river rafting in Manali in winters.
There the tented accommodations on the river
5. Assertion : Temperature is a measure of
degree of hotness of our body. bank. He noticed that at every camping site
Reason : We use a clinical thermometer to the basic element of all the tents was a long,
measure the degree of hotness narrow strip of heavy black cotton. Every tent
had a room heater, the travellers were advised
of our body.
to place room heaters at the ground level for
6. Assertion : When a body A at temperature
effective heating. At night it was chilling so,
50°C is brought in contact with
a body B at temperature 30°C, bonfire was arranged by the camp owner
heat flows from the body A to for the travellers to provide warmth in open
the body B. cool spaces. When Vinay was sitting beside a
Reason : Heat always flows from a body campfire, his body facing the fire got hot while
at a low temperature to a body the side facing away from the fire stays cold.
at a high temperature. 1. Which of the following is a method of heat
7. Assertion : The temperature of a body transfer?
is 10°C. Its temperature in (a) Convection
Fahrenheit scale is 50°F. (b) Radiation

70 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

 (c) Conduction glass tube. It has a bulb at one end. The bulb
(d) All of the mentioned contains mercury. This thermometer reads
2. Why Vinay’s body facing the fire got hot temperatures from 35°C to 42°C.
while the side facing away from the fire 1. A clinical thermometer can be used to
stays cold because of measure the body temperature of human
(a) The transfer of heat by convection beings. A person suffering with fever is likely
(b) The transfer of heat by radiation to show which of the following readings
(c) The transfer of heat by conduction on this thermometer?
(d) All of the above (a) 35°C (b) 36°C (c) 37°C (d) 39°C
3. If heater is placed at a height then 2. What for is a clinical thermometer provided
(a) cold air above this height will not be with a kink?
heated by heater (a) To keep the mercury within the range
(b) the hot air comes down to get heat from of 35°C – 42°C.
heater (b) To allow the temperature reading to
(c) cold air below this height will not be remain unchanged after the use of
heated by heater temperature until a jerk is given.
(d) cold air rises up in the room to get (c) To make the thermometer size smaller.
heated. (d) All of the above are correct

4. Why all the tents are black in colours at 3. Which of the following precautions should
the campus? be used while using a clinical thermometer?
(a) The black colour is good absorber of (a) It should be washed before use.
heat. (b) It should be washed after use.
(b) The black colour is bad absorber of heat (c) It should be washed preferably with
(c) The black colour is visible clearly at some antiseptic.
night. (d) All the above.
(d) None of the above
Subjective Problems
5. Why white colour fabric tent is preferred
on in a hot weather place? Very Short Answer Type
(a) The white colour is good absorber of
1. What are Celsius and Fahrenheit?
heat.
(b) The white colour is bad absorber of 2. In which thermometer is a kink added?
heat. 3. Heat is a form of what?
(c) It looks good as a white canopy.
4. The scale in which the melting point of ice
(d) None of the these. and the boiling point of water is taken as
PASSAGE-II : A clinical thermometer is used 0 and 100, respectively.
to measure the body temperature of human 5. The silvery grey liquid used in clinical
beings. It consists of a long, narrow, uniform thermometers.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 71

 6. The breeze that flows from the land to the 12. What is the range of temperatures, that can
sea during night time. be measured using clinical thermometer in
7. The type of waves via which heat and light Fahrenheit scale?
energy travel. 13. What prevents the mercury level in the glass
8. A unit for measuring heat energy. tube of a clinical thermometer from falling
on its own when its bulb is removed from
9. Express the following temperatures in the
the mouth of a patient?
Fahrenheit scale.
85°C 14. W h a t i s m a x i m u m a n d m i n i m u m

10. What do you mean by the transfer of heat? thermometers?

15. What are the precautions needed while

Short Answer Type
reading a laboratory thermometer?
1. S t a t e t w o d i s a d va n t a g e s o f c l i n i c a l
thermometer. Long Answer Type

2. Under what conditions does heat flows from 1. Describe a simple experiment which can
a hot body to a cold body by conduction? demonstrate that the terms hot and cold

3. Give one advantage of using alcohol as we feel them are only relative.

thermometer as compared to using mercury. 2. Explain the occurrence of the sea breeze near
4. Explain, how convection current in air help coastal regions with the help of a diagram.
as to fly a kite. 3. Distinguish between heat and temperature.
5. List two characteristic features of a mercury 4. What are temperature scales? Explain how
thermometer. Celsius and Fahrenheit are defined.
6. Why bottom of cooking utensils is often 5. With the help of diagram, explain the
blackened? working of thermoflask.
7. What is the physical quantity that decides
the flow of heat energy? Integer/Numerical Value Type
8. Why wool is a bad conductor of heat? 1. What is the boiling point of water on the
9. What is the thermometer used to measure Fahrenheit scale?
the temperature of a furnace? 2. At what temperature does the Celsius scale
10. Express the following temperature in the mark the boiling point of water?
Celsius scale. 3. The Kelvin scale is related to the Celsius
0°C scale by the formula:
11. Why boiling water is not used to sterilize Temperature in Kelvin = Temperature in
a clinical thermometer? Celsius + x. What is the value of x ?

72 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

4. If we convert 287 K to celsius scale, we will 1. Which hand feels more hot?
get °C. (a) The hand that was kept above the flame.
5. A rise in temperature of 50°C on celsius (b) The hand that was kept on the side of
scale is equal to rise in the temperature of the flame.
K. (c) Both hands feel equally hot.
(d) None of those is correct.
Case Based Questions 2. In this activity the mode of transfer of heat
Case I : Take a rod or flat strip of a metal such is
as iron or aluminium. Fix a few small wax pieces (a) conduction (b) convection
on the rod. Fix these pieces at equal distances (c) radiation (d) None of these
and clamp the rod to stand in a horizontal 3. How does the heat travel in air?
position. Now, heat the farther end ( away from
(a) The air near the heat source gets hot
clamped position) of the rod with the help of
and rises
a burner. Observe the changes in wax pieces.
(b) The air from sides come to take its place.
CFQs (c) In this way air gets heated.
1. The wax piece that melts first is one (d) All the above are correct.
(a) that is farthest away from the clamped Case III : Look at the figure given below.
end of the rod.
(b) that is nearest to the clamped end of
the rod.
(c) that is in the middle of the rod.
(d) any one of the wax pieces may melt
first. Hot water

2. In this activity the heat travels from one

1. Which thermometer is being used in the
end of the rod to the other end of the rod
above figure to measure the temperature?
by
(a) Conduction (b) Convection 2. What is the range of this thermometer?
(c) radiation (d) All of these 3. What two precautions are to be taken while
3. In this activity heat travels from reading this thermometer?
(a) higher temperature to lower temperature. Case IV : Substances that conduct heat very
(b) lower temperature to higher temperature. well are called good conductors of heat or
(c) Both ends to the middle of rod. thermal conductors. All the metals such as
(d) None of these is correct. silver, copper, aluminium, iron, mercury and
Case II : Light a candle, Keep one hand above metal alloys such as brass, steel and stainless
the candle flame and one hand on the side of steel are good conductors of heat. Though all
the flame. Do you feel any difference in degree the metals are good conductors of heat, some
of hotness felt by two hands? metals are better conductors of heat than the

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement 73

 others. Among metals, silver metal is the best (c) In case of glass the heat is transmitted
conductor of heat, next is copper and lowest quickly when heated.
is lead. (d) Glass is a poor conductor of heat.
Substances that do not conduct heat very well 2. Which of the following is the best insulator
are called bad conductors or poor conductors of heat?
or insulators of heat. Some of the examples of (a) air (b) silver
heat or thermal insulators are plastic, wood, (c) iron (d) water
paper, cloth, thermocol, rubber, etc. Liquids
3. When we touch a steel rod and a paper
like water are poor conductors and gases are
simultaneously, we feel that the rod is
very poor conductors of heat. Thus, air is a
colder because
very good insulator of heat.  CFQs (a) iron being a good conductor conducts
1. It is observed that when glass heated it more heat from our body.
cracks while metal does not. Which is (b) paper being a good conductor conducts
of the following statements explain this more heat from out body.
phenomenon? (c) more heat flows from the iron to our
(a) Metal is a poor conductor of heat. body.
(b) The expansion of the glass after heating (d) more heat flows from the paper to our
is uniform and therefore it cracks. body.

ANSWER KEY
Multiple Choice Questions 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (b)
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (a) Comprehension Type
6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (d) Passage-I
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
Passage-II
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (a)
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (d)
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (c) Integer/Numerical Value Type
36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (a) 1. (212°F) 2. (100°C)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (d) 3. (273.15) 4. (14°C)
46. (d) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (d) 5. (323 K)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (d)
56. (b) 57. (d) 58. (d) 59. (d) 60. (b) Case Based Questions
61. (b) 62. (c) 63. (c) 64. (a) 65. (c) Case I
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a)
Match the Following
Case II
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a)
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d)
Assertion & Reason Type Case IV
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (a)

74 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

 03

Temperature and its Measurement

(ii) The calibration and scale are not as precise

for the narrow range of human body temperature
compared to clinical thermometers.
1. (b) : 37.0°C
9. (i) 40.0°C
2. (d) : 98.6°F (ii) Day one 7 pm
3. (a) : (i) temperature; (ii) clinical; (iii) Celsius (iii) Day three
4. (b) : –10°C to 110°C 10. You should use a thermometer
(b) Thermometer (a) can measure temperatures
5. (b) : Student 2
with a precision of 1°C, and thermometer
6. For 14°C, color up to two small lines above (c) can measure with a precision of 2°C, based
the 10°C mark (each line represents 2 degrees on their small line markings. Thermometer (b)
Celsius). is the only one with markings that allow for a
For 17°C, color up to seven small lines above precision of 0.5°C, which is needed to accurately
the 10°C mark (each line represents 1 degree measure 22.5°C.
Celsius). 11. (b) : 27.5°C
For 15°C, color up to fifteen small lines above 12. (c) : 2°C
the 0°C mark ( each line represents 0.5 degree
13. 
Celsius). Red lines are indicated alongside–10the–5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
°C
respective thermometers for clarity. 14. 
She means the temperature on the Fahrenheit
7.  (i) This is a laboratory thermometer, as it scale. Human body temperature does not
has a measuring range from –10°C to 110°C. normally go below 35°C or above 42°C. In
(ii) The thermometer reading is 26°C. the Fahrenheit scale this range is between
(iii) The smallest value this thermometer can 95 degrees to 107.8 degrees.
measure is –10°C, with 10 small lines representing
Multiple Choice Questions
each degree between any 10-degree intervals.
1. (a) : Pyrometer is an instrument used to
8.  A laboratory thermometer is not used to
measure high temperature.
measure human body temperature for two
reasons: 2. (a) : The temperature at which a solid
A laboratory thermometer is not suitable for substance changes into a liquid is called the
measuring body temperature because: melting point of the substance.
(i) It is designed for a wider temperature 3. (d) : Temperature is measured in degree
range and requires direct observation, which celsius, kelvin or degree fahrenheit.
is inconvenient for use inside the mouth or 4. (b) : The reliable measure of hotness of an
under the armpit. object is its temperature.

P18 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

5. (a) known as ‘insulators’.
6. (b) : The measure temperature of human Examples: Plastic, wood, etc.
body we use clinical thermometer or doctor’s 26. (b) : The molecules of a solid are held strongly
thermometer due to strong intermolecular forces. As these
7. (c) : Alcohol has a freezing point much molecules cannot travel to the source of heat
lower than other substances given here. energy, therefore, convection is not possible in
8. (a) case of solids, but transformation of heat takes
place from one molecule to another molecule
9. (c) : Normal temperature of the human
which is side by it, i.e., conduction takes place.
body is 37°C.
Radiation is the fastest mode of heat transfer
10. (d) : In a clinical thermometer, both Celsius from hot body to cold body.
scale and Fahrenheit scale readings are marked.
27. (b) : Sea breeze and land breeze are formed
11. (a) : Mercury (liquid) used in clinical
due to convection.
thermometer is a metal.
28. (d) : Among the given options, all are poor
5
12. (b) : T(°C) = × [T(°F) − 32] conductors of heat.
9
5 29. (d) : Mercury expands uniformly at all
= × 95 − 32 = 35°C
9 temperatures, hence it can help us to measure
accurately.
13. (d)
30. (c)
14. (b) : Cooling in a motor car is done by
convection. 31. (a) : Mercury has a high boiling point and
15. (a) : In solids generally the heat is transferred a low melting point.
by conduction. 32. (b) : Solid
16. (c) : Digital thermometer do not use mercury. 33. (c)
17. (d) 34. (b) : The convection current in air transfers
18. (b) : Radiation is the process by which heat heat in upward direction.
from Sun reaches the earth. 35. (c)
19. (d) : By the process of radiation heat can 36. (a) : The temperature in Centigrade and
transfer through Vacuum as well as air. Fahrenheit is related as
20. (c) : The mode of transfer of heat in the TC TF − 32
absence of a medium is called radiation. =
100 180
21. (a) : The scale in clinical thermometer is Given, TC = 40°C
marked from 35°C to 43°C. 40 TF − 32
∴ = or TF = 104°F
22. (c) : Thermometer is the device which is 100 180
used to measure temperature. 37. (d) : On heating, substances either expand
23. (c) or contract, i.e., their volume ( either change in
24. (d) : A digital thermometer. length or change in area) changes, and hence,
25. (a) : The materials which do not allow heat density changes. But mass remains the same.
to pass through them easily are called poor 38. (d) : Change of state of a substance is due
conductors of heat. Poor conductors are also to the change in heat energy.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement P19

 39. (c) : °C °F composition of substance and also change in
its temperature.
100°C 212°F Boiling point
46. (d) : both (a) and (b)
60°C TF
47. (d) : Melting point of ice and boiling point
0°C 32°F Freezing point of water
48. (a) : Copper has a higher rate of conduction
Let T F be temperature on Fahrenheit scale than iron.
corresponding to 60°C on Celsius scale. Then
49. (b) : Land heats up much faster than water.
60 − 0 T − 32 3 T − 32
= F or = F 50. (d) : Mirrors reflect heat radiation to the
100 − 0 212 − 32 5 180
front of the heater.
or 5TF – 160 = 540
700 51. (a) : Take a thin capillary tube which is
or 5TF = 700 or TF = °F = 140°F
5 covered with a thick glass stem. Fill the bulb
40. (a) : of thermometer with mercury, while filling
°F K
212°F 373.15 K Boiling point with mercury, air bubble may trapped. To
remove the air bubbles, place the thermometer
98.6°F TK bulb in hot water bath. Then cut the funnel
32°F and that end is sealed. Now, mark the lower
273.15 K Freezing point
fixing point, by placing bulb in pure melting
Let TK be temperature on Kelvin scale ice. Mark the upper fixing point by placing the
corresponding to 98.6°F on Fahrenheit scale. bulb in boiling water. The distance between
Then the two fixed points is divided into 100 equal
98.6 − 32 TK − 273.15 parts and calibrated.
=
212 − 32 373.15 − 273.15
52. (b) : Liquids and gases
66.6 TK − 273.15
or = 53. (c) : Given, temperature = 110°C
180 100
To find, F = ?
66.6
or TK = × 100 + 273.15 = 310.2 K  9  9
180 We know, F =  C ×  + 32 =  110 ×  + 32
 5  5
41. (c) : Let at temperature T both the scales
A and B have the same reading. = (198 + 32) = 230°F
T − 42 T − 72 F − 32 K − 273
∴ = or 2T – 84 = T – 72 54. (d) : We have, =
110 220 180 100
or T = + 12° 9
F − 32 = (K − 273)
42. (d) : On heating substances will undergo 5
change in size, temperature and state. Given, TF = Tk = T
43. (c) : There is no net heat flow, because 9
Therefore, T − 32 = (T − 273)
temperature is same. 5
44. (d) : In a thermos flask, the loss of heat energy 5T – 160 = 9T – 2457
is minimized due to conduction, convection 4T = 2297
and radiation. T = 574.25 K or 574 K
45. (d) : Heat energy brings about change in 55. (d) : Given, temperature of liquid
the dimensions of a substance (object), chemical hydrogen, TK = 20 K

P20 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

To Find, F = ? 64. (a) : In case of an incense stick, the air
F − 32 K − 273 at the lighted end is hot, and hence, volume
We know that, = increases and density decreases, so, it rises up
180 100
F − 32 20 − 273 (moves up).
= (or)
180 100
The air at the hot end is at a higher temperature,
9
F − 32 = ( − 253) so, its density is less and this lesser dense air
5
rises up and more dense air occupies this place,
F = 423.4°F or 423°F so, it is due to convection of gases.
56. (b) : Given, for thermometer A, 65. (c) : ACBD
(UFP – LFP)A = 45
for thermometer B, (UFP – LFP)B = 100 Fill in the Blanks
Lower point of A, TA = 0°
1. 
conduction 2. temperature
Lower point of B, TB = 50
3. 
Celsius 4. clinical
Let thermometer A reads temperature, = T1
T1 − 0° T2 − 50 5. 
convection
∴ =
(UFP − LFP) A (UFP − LFP)B 6.  state; The temperature of a body remains
constant if the substance undergoes a change
T1 100 − 50
⇒ = in state.
45 100
7. 
Joule; joule is the SI unit of heat.
60 × 45
T1 = 8. Temperature is directly proportional to
100
the average kinetic energy of molecules. As
T1 = 24°C temperature increases, average kinetic energy
Hence, thermometer A reads 27°C also increases.
57. (d) : Given, temperature of centigrade = 9. Radiation is the fastest mode of transmission
2 × temperature of fahrenheit thermometer of heat.
\ temperature of centigrade thermometer = T
10. 
maximum-minimum thermometer
temperature of fahrenheit thermometer = 2T
This thermometer was invented by James six
C F − 32 in 1780.
We know that, =
100 80 This thermometer is also know as six’s
T 2T − 32 thermometer.
⇒ =
100 180
9T = 10T – 160 True or False
T = 160°C 1. False : A clinical thermometer has a slight
58. (d) bend or kink that prevents the mercury level
from falling down, by itself.
59. (d)
2. True : Heat is an invisible form of energy.
60. (b) : Since the temperature are equal there
will be no flow of heat. 3. False : T he heat required to raise the
temperature of 1 kg of water by 1°C is called
61. (b) : Conduction one kilocalorie.
62. (c) : Conduction 4. H eat absorbed by a substance increases
63. (c) : Radiation with the increase in temperature.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement P21

 5. 
False 8. (d) : All materials do not conduct the heat.
6. 
False : It has a shining thread of mercury. Based on ability to conduct the heat materials
are classified as: Conductors and Insulators.
7.  T he maximum temperature that can be
Conductors are the materials which allow heat
measured by using a clinical thermometer is
to pass through them easily. For examples,
less than the boiling point of water.
aluminium, iron and copper.
8. False : A medium is required for the transfer Insulators are materials which do not allow
of heat by the process of convection. heat to pass through them easily. They are
9. 
False : It is marked from 35°C to 43°C poor conductors of heat. For example, plastic
10. 
False and wood etc.
9. (c) : Radiation is reduced by silvering both
Match the Following the walls of the thermos flask on vacuum side.
1. (b) : (P)-(1), (Q)-(2), (R)-(3), (S)-(4) 10. (b)
Clinical thermometer is kink to prevent the
dropping of mercury level, when it is removed Comprehension Type
from body. Laboratory thermometer has a PASSAGE-I
range – 10°C to 110°C.
1. (d) : There are three ways in which heat
2. (d) : (P)-(1), (Q)-(2), (R)-(3), (S)-(4) can flow from one object to another. These are
3. (a) : (P)-(3), (Q)-(5), (R)-(2), (S)-(1), (T)-(4) conduction, convection and radiation.
Mercury is only metal that is in liquid state at 2. (b) : When Vinay sits near a bonfire, the
room temperature. heat gets radiated. The transfer of heat by
radiation does not require any medium, heat
Assertion & Reason Type transmission by radiation can occur between
1. (a) : 37°C is considered as the normal two bodies this is the reason why Vinay’s body
human body temperature. It is the average facing the fire got hot.
body temperature of a large number of healthy 3. (c) : A heater makes a room warmer by
persons however, it could be slightly higher or convection currents this allows the hot air near
slightly lower. the heater to rise up and warm the entire room
2. (c) : Convection requires medium to transfer and the cold air comes down to get heat from
heat. heater. If heater is placed at a height, then
3. (b) cold air below this height will not be heated
by heater therefore, the entire room will not
4. (c) : The interval between the upper fixed
warm up.
point and lower fixed point of celsius scale
is divided into 100 equal parts while that of 4. (a) : Black colour is a is good absorber of
fahrenheit scale is divided into 180 equal parts. heat. As the weather in Manali is cold so, to
absorb maximum sunlight to keep the ten hot,
5. (b)
the tents are the made up of black fabric.
6. (c) : Heat always flows from hot to cold
5. (b) : White fabric is preferred in a hot weather
bodies.
place because light colours are bad absorber of
7. (a) : Put the given value increase on, heat as they reflect most of the heat (sunlight)
9 that falls on them therefore, this helps to keep
F = × 10 + 32 = 18 + 32 = 50°C
5 the tent cool.

P22 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

PASSAGE-II 3. It is cheaper and less harmful than mercury
1. (d) : Normal body temperature is 37°C. A thermometer.
person having fever will show higher temperature 4.  During the day time hot air rises up because
than 37°C. it is less dense than the cold air. This causes
2. (b) : The kink is a constriction in the glass convectional current in the air so; a kite starts
tube just above the bulb. It breaks the connection moving along this convectional current which
between the bulb and the narrow (capillary) helps us to fly it higher.
tube and preventing the drop of mercury.
5.  (i) It is relatively easy to see because of its
3. (d) silvery grey colour.
(ii) It does not stick to glass.
Subjective Problems
6. The black objects are very good absorber
Very Short Answer Type of radiant energy and so when the bottoms
1. 
Temperature scales black painted bottom of cooking utensils are
2. 
Clinical thermometer exposed to flame, they absorb the heat quickly
thus, this speeds up the cooking process.
3. 
Energy
7. Temperature decides the direction of flow
4. 
Celsius scale
of heat energy. Always heat energy flows from
5. 
Mercury high tempera­ture body to low temperature
6. 
Land breeze body.
7. 
Electromagnetic waves 8. W ool is a bad conductor of heat as it
8. 
Joule consists of wool fibres which has a series of
9. Given,Temperature = 85°C curls called crimps that can hold and trap air.
To find, F = ? 9. T he thermometer used to measure the
 9  9 temperature of a furnace above 1000°C is called
We know, F =  C ×  + 32 =  85 ×  + 32
 5  5 pyrometer.
= (153 + 32) 10. 
Given, Temperature = 0°C
= 185°F
To find, F = ?
10. 
The heat flows from a hotter object to a  9  9
colder object. This process is called transfer of We know, F =  C ×  + 32 =  0 ×  + 32
 5  5
heat or it is also called transfer of energy.
= (0 + 32)
Short Answer Type = 32°F
1.  ( i) The clinical thermometer cannot be 11. 
The temperature of boiling water is l00°C,
used for measuring the temperature of any but the maximum temperature that can be
object other than the human body because its measured by using clinical thermometer is
maximum range is 42°C. 43°C. It will break at 100°C.
(ii) If it is kept in the sun or near a flame, then
this clinical thermometer can be break. 12. T he range of temperatures that can be
measured using thermometer is 95°F to 110°F
2. Heat flows from a hot body to a cold body
(or) 35°C to 43°C.
when the particles starts vibrating and collide
with each other. 13. 
Kink (or Constriction)

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement P23

 14. A thermometer used to measure the In conclusion you will find that the water
maximum and minimum temperature of previous feels hot in one finger and to the other finger
day is called Maximum-Minimum thermometer. it feels cold because the finger that was in ice
It is used by the weather department to report/ cold water has become cold and when it was
placed in the water at room temperature, it
predict the weather.
felt that the water was warm, relative to the
B
earlier temperature.
2.  Sea breeze:
(i) During day time, as land gets heated faster
50 –20 as compared to water, the air over the land
40 –10 becomes hotter and rises up.
Minimum
30 x 0 (ii) The cooler air from the sea rushes in towards
20 A y 10
temperature Maximum the land to take its place.
10 20 temperature
(iii) The warm air from the land moves towards
0 30
–10 40
the, sea to complete the cycle.
–20 50
P Q Hot
Iron Cold
indices
Mercury

Maximum and Minimum Theromometer Sea breeze

15.  (i) The thermometer should be kept upright 3.

not tilted. Heat Temperature
(ii) Bulb should be surrounded from all the 1. Heat is a form of The degree of hotness
substance of which the temperature is to be energy, which causes or coldness of a
measured. the sensation of body is measured in
(iii) The bulb should not touch the surface of hotness or coldness. temperature.
the container. 2. Heat energy is the Temperature is the
cause. effect.
Long Answer Type
3. It is measured in It is measured in
1.  To show that the terms hot and cold as we joule or calorie. kelvin or celsius or
feel them are only relative: fahrenheit.
Materials required: 3 glasses, hot water (as hot 4. Calorimeter is Thermometer is
as you can bear to dip your finger in), ice cold used to measure used to measure
water and water at room temperature. heat energy. temperature.
Method: 5. Heat energy always Temperature depends
(i) Pour hot water, water at room temperature flows from body at on the average
and ice cold water into 3 separate glasses. high temperature kinetic energy of the
(ii) Dip the index finger of one hand in the ice, to body at low molecules.
cold water and the other hand in the hot water temperature.
for a minute. 4. 
Temperature scales are units that is used to
(iii) Then dip both the index finger into the measure temperature quantitatively. The two
water at room temperature. commonly used of temperature scales are :

P24 Temperature and its Measurement Class 6 | Physics

Celsius and Fahrenheit Case Based Questions
(i) Celsius: This scale is indicated by degree
C in honour of Anders Celsius. The melting Case I
point of pure ice is 0°C and boiling point of 1. (a) : The end that is heated is farthest away
water is 100°C.
from the clamp stand end of the rod.
(ii) Fahrenheit: This scale is indicated by °F in
honour of Gabriel Fahrenheit. On this scale the 2. (a)
melting point of ice is 32°F and boiling point 3. (a) : The end that is heated is at a higher
of water is 212°F. temperature.
5.  Working of a thermo flask:
Case II
(i) The outer casing and the cap of the thermo
flask is made up of plastic to reduce heat loss 1. (a) : Towards top the air gets heated by
due to conduction. convection but there is no convection on sides.
(ii) The inner jar consist of double walled 2. (b) : Conduction
bottle made of glass or stainless steel ,the space
3. (d)
between the two walls consist of vacuum so
that heat loss due to convection is minimized. Case III
(iii) The surface of the jar is made reflective so
1. The given thermometer is the laboratory
that heat loss due to radiation is minimized.
thermometer.
Vacuum or Dewar Flask
2. The range of a laboratory thermometer is
Plastic stopper generally from –10°C to 110°C
3.  (i) It should be kept upright not tilted.
(ii) The bulb should be surrounded from all
Vacuum Double walled sides by the substance of which the temperature
metal or plastic
container
is to be measured moreover, the bulb should
Silverd surface
double glass bulb not touch the surface of the container.
Hot or cold Case IV
liquid
1. (d) : Glass is poor conductor of heat.
Insulated
support
2. (a) : Air is the best insulator of heat.

Integer/Numerical Value Type 3. (a) : Heat always flows from a hotter region
to a colder one. Since, iron is a good conductor
1. 
212°F 2. 100°C of heat, more heat will flow from out body into
3. 
273.15 4. 14°C it and we will feel it as cold. As paper is a bad
5. 
323 K conductor less heat will flow from our body.

Physics | Class 6 Temperature and its Measurement P25

CHEMISTRY
 02
Physical and
Chemical Changes
 Physical and Chemical Changes :  Reactivity Series of Metals
Characteristics and Differences
 Redox Reactions, Oxidising and
Learning  Rusting of Iron
Outcomes... Reducing Agent
 Chemical Reactions : Characteristics
and Types  Crystallisation

Introduction
Changes take place around us all the time. The changes can be divided into different types
depending upon the nature of the change taking place. The changes differ in terms of appearance,
colour, composition, formation of new products or any other change. Changes can be slow or fast,
desirable or undesirable, periodic or non-periodic. Broadly, these changes are of two types –
physical and chemical.

Physical Change
Those changes in which a substance undergoes a change in its physical properties are called a
physical change. Properties such as shape, size, colour and state of a substance are called
physical properties.

Reversible and Irreversible Physical Changes

A reversible change can be easily reversed by removing the cause of change while an irreversible
change cannot be reverted back.
Melting of ice, dissolution of sugar/salt in water, drying of clothes, sublimation of camphor,
etc., are reversible physical changes.
Tearing of paper, breaking of a glass tumbler, growth of plants, weathering of rocks, etc. are
irreversible physical changes.

Characteristics of Physical Changes

z No new substances are formed.
z The properties of the substance remains same even if the physical state changes.
z There may or may not be evolution of heat.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 33

 z Properties like appearance, texture, colour, smell, etc. may change.
z Chemical properties of the substance do not change.
z A physical change is generally reversible and the things can get back to their original form
after the change.

ACTIVITY To show that the physical change involves change in size and shape
CORNER  Materials required : Balloon
 Procedure : Take a balloon and inflate it. Observe the change in size
and shape. Now deflate the balloon and again observe the change in
size and shape.

Original balloon Inflated balloon Deflated balloon

 Observations : The balloon becomes big and round when air is filled in it. When it is
deflated, the air comes out and balloon comes back to its original shape.
 Conclusion : There is no change in the structure of the balloon. Only its shape and size
change. Hence, it is a physical and reversible change.

ACTIVITY To study a physical change using a chalk

CORNER  Materials required : Chalk, water
 Procedure : Crush a chalk piece into powder. Add a little water to the
chalk powder and make a paste. Roll it into the shape of the chalk again.

Chalk Chalk Chalk paste Chalk

powder

 Observations : On crushing, the chalk is converted into powder but the powder is
again rolled back to chalk by adding small amount of water.
The chalk can be used again.
 Conclusion : There is no change in the properties of a substance during a physical change.

34 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

z Physical change can lead to change in the physical state of the substance, e.g., water can be
changed from liquid to gaseous state or to solid state but there is no change in the chemical
structure of ice, water and steam.

ACTIVITY To observe the change in physical state of water

CORNER  Materials required : Water, ice, container, beaker, burner
 Procedure :
– Take some ice in a container and keep it outside the fridge for some
time. Once the ice melts, keep it again in the freezer and record
your observations.
– Take some water in a beaker and boil it. Cover the beaker with a metallic plate and
record your observations.

Steam (gas)

Water (Liquid)
Melting
Ice (Solid) Water
Freezing (Liquid)

 Observations :
– On melting, ice is converted to water which can be frozen back to ice.
– When water is boiled it is converted to steam. If we cover the beaker with a lid, steam
condenses back to water.
 Conclusion : Freezing, melting, boiling and condensation are physical changes since only
the physical state of water changes. Chemically all the three states (solid, liquid and gas)
are same.

z During a physical change sometimes a substance disappears but can be recovered after
the change.

ACTIVITY To show that dissolution of sugar in water is a physical change

CORNER  Materials required : Water, sugar, beaker, burner, glass rod
 Procedure : Take some water in a beaker and add sugar to it. Stir the solution
and observe the change. Now heat the sugar solution in the beaker till the
water is evaporated. Record your observation after evaporation of water.

Glass rod
Sugar

Water

Sugar Solution
crystals
 Observations : When sugar is dissolved in water it disappears. If you taste the solution,
the sugar is still present in dissolved form. If water is evaporated, we get back the sugar.
 Conclusion : Dissolution of sugar in water is a physical and reversible change.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 35

 ILLUSTRATIONS (iii) Tearing of a piece of paper into small
pieces
1 Formation of clouds is a physical change. (iv) Melting of ice into water
Explain. Ans.: (i) and (iv) are physical but reversible
Ans.: Formation of clouds is a physical change changes. Chalk powder can be again converted
as it is phase of transformation of natural into chalk. Molten ice or water can again be
water from liquid to gas during water cycle converted into ice.
and then, gas to liquid. Hence, the property (ii) and (iii) are physical but irreversible
of water never changes in clouds form. changes. A broken egg cannot be converted
back into an egg and small pieces of paper
2 Are ice and steam different substances?
cannot be converted back into original paper.
Ans.: No, ice and steam are two different states
of water. On freezing, water is converted into 4 State any four properties which can
solid state which is ice. On heating, water is change during a physical change.
converted into gaseous state which is steam. Ans.: Colour, shape, size and state of a
Chemically ice, steam and water are different substance can change during a physical change.
forms of same substance.
5 Give an example of a physical change in
3 Which of the following are physical and which the colour of the substance changes.
reversible changes? Ans.: Heat a piece of iron wire on fire. After
(i) Crushing a chalk into powder some time, it turns red in colour. On cooling,
(ii) Breaking of an egg it is again converted into its original colour.

Chemical Change
Those changes in which a new substance is formed which has totally different properties than
the original substance are called a chemical change.
Characteristics of Chemical Changes
z Chemical changes are usually irreversible. The original substance cannot be recovered in
most of the cases.
z One or more new substances are formed during the change.
z New substances have different properties from the original substance.
z Heat or light or both may be produced during the change.
z A chemical change is also called a chemical reaction.
z Rusting of iron, burning of substances, cooking of food, etc. are the examples of chemical change.
z Browning of surface of few fruits and vegetables when cut and exposed to air is a chemical
change.
z Few natural processes like digestion and photosynthesis are also chemical changes.
Difference Between Physical and Chemical Changes
Physical change Chemical change
1. No new substance is formed in a physical A new substance is formed in a chemical
change. change.

36 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

2. A physical change is a temporary change. A chemical change is a permanent change.
3. A physical change is usually reversible. A chemical change is usually irreversible.
4. Very little energy (in the form of heat, A lot of energy (in the form of heat, light,
etc.) is absorbed or given out in a physical sound, etc.) is absorbed or given out in a
change. chemical change.

D O YO U
KNOW?
 Some fruits and vegetables like apples, bananas, brinjals and potatoes develop
a brown layer when they are cut and kept in open. Certain compounds present
in them react with oxygen present in air and get oxidised as a result of a chemical reaction.

ACTIVITY To show that burning of magnesium ribbon is a chemical change

CORNER  Materials required : Magnesium ribbon, sand paper, pair of tongs,
burner, water, blue and red litmus papers
 Procedure : Take a small piece of magnesium ribbon and clean it with
a sand paper. Hold it with a pair of tongs and heat it on the burner. Let
the magnesium ribbon burn completely. Collect the ash and dissolve it in water. Test the
solution with blue and red litmus papers.

Solution Solution

Magnesium
ribbon
Water + Ash
(Solution)
Red litmus No colour
Ash paper turns change in blue
blue litmus paper
 Observations :
– When magnesium ribbon is burnt in air, it burns with a dazzling white flame. It forms
a powdery ash when it is burnt completely. A new substance is formed after burning
magnesium. This powdery ash is known as magnesium oxide.
2Mg + O2 → 2MgO
Magnesium Oxygen Magnesium oxide
– When magnesium oxide is dissolved in water, a new substance called magnesium
hydroxide is formed.
MgO + H2O → Mg(OH)2
Magnesium Water Magnesium
oxide hydroxide
– When a drop of this solution is kept over litmus paper, it is observed that it turns red
litmus blue and blue litmus does not turn to red.
 Conclusion :
– Burning of magnesium in air is a chemical change due to formation of a new compound
magnesium oxide.
– On reaction with water it forms a new compound magnesium hydroxide which is basic
in nature.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 37

 Rusting of Iron
Rusting is a chemical change which takes place in presence of air and moisture only. It is a
reddish brown powder which is formed on the surface of iron and goes into the deeper layers.
Fe + O2 + H2O → Fe2O3 · xH2O
Iron Oxygen Water Hydrated iron oxide (Rust)

ACTIVITY To show that rusting of iron is a chemical change which requires presence of
CORNER both air and water
 Materials required : Iron nails, three test tubes, water, calcium chloride,
oil, corks
 Procedure : Take three test tubes and put two iron nails in each test
tube. Put some calcium chloride in test tube marked as (I) and put cork on the test tube.
Put some boiled water in test tube marked as (II) and cover the surface of water with oil
and cork the test tube. In test tube (III) put some tap water and put the cork. Keep the test
tubes for a few days and note down the observations.

Dry air

Boiled
Oil water Tap water
Calcium
chloride

I II III

 Observations : It is observed that in test tube (I) the nails are not rusted because there is
no moisture due to calcium chloride. There is no rusting in test tube (II) because the layer
of oil on water prevents air to come in contact with nails. The nails in test tube (III) get
rusted because they are exposed to both water and air.
 Conclusion : Rusting of iron requires both air and water.

Rusting is very harmful since the objects made of iron like gates, pillars, chains, bridges, etc.
get rusted which results in eating away the metal and slowly destroys them, the monetary loss
due to rusting is huge.

Prevention of Rusting
The most important methods to prevent rusting are :
z By painting the surface of iron objects
z By greasing or oiling the surface of iron objects
z By galvanisation : Galvanisation is a process of coating the surface of iron with zinc to
prevent rusting of iron.
z By alloying : Alloying is a process in which two or more metals or a metal and a non-metal
are mixed in a molten state to improve the properties of metals. Iron gets rusted in moist
air, iron is mixed with a small amount of carbon and metals like chromium or manganese
to make stainless steel. Stainless steel does not get rusted.

38 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

 D O YO U
KNOW?
 The iron pillar near Qutub Minar in New Delhi is said to be more than 1600
years old. Despite remaining exposed to the atmosphere for so long, the
pillar has not rusted, which is a demonstration of the high degree of accomplishment in
the art of iron making in ancient India.

Chemical Reactions
The process by which chemical change takes place, i.e., by which one or more substances react to form
new substances having different composition and different properties is called a chemical reaction. The
substances which take part in a chemical reaction are called reactants and the substances formed in a
chemical reaction are called products.

Characteristics of Chemical Reactions

When a chemical reaction takes place, it is accompanied by one or more of the following characteristics :

Change in state
Some chemical reactions are accompanied by change in state. For example, petrol, which is a
liquid, burns to form water vapour and carbon dioxide which are gaseous.
Change in colour
Some chemical reactions are characterised by a change in colour.
Heat
CuCO3 CuO + CO2↑
(Green) (Black) Carbon dioxide
Copper carbonate Copper oxide

Formation of a precipitate
Some chemical reactions are characterised by the formation of a precipitate. A precipitate is a
solid product which separates out from the solution during a chemical reaction and is shown
by an arrow pointing downwards (↓).
NaCl + AgNO3 → AgCl↓ + NaNO3
Sodium Silver Silver chloride Sodium
chloride nitrate (white ppt.) nitrate

Evolution of a gas
A gas may evolve during a chemical reaction if one of the reactants is a liquid or in solution
form. Evolution of a gas is confirmed by appearance of efflorescence (bubbling) and is shown
by an arrow pointing upwards(↑).
Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H 2↑
Zinc Sulphuric acid Zinc sulphate Hydrogen

ACTIVITY To produce hydrogen gas  Procedure : Take clean pieces of zinc

CORNER from zinc granules granules in a test tube and add dilute
 Materials required : hydrochloric acid to it. Take a burning
Z i n c g r a n u le s , dilute matchstick near the mouth of the test tube
hydrochloric acid, test and record the observations.
tube, matchstick

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 39

  Observations : When zinc granules react
with dilute hydrochloric acid, hydrogen gas
comes out which burns with a pop sound
when a burning splinter is brought near the
mouth of the test tube.
 Conclusion : Hydrogen gas is evolved dil. HCl
Zinc
during the reaction which burns with a granules
pop sound.

Change in temperature
z Some chemical reactions are accompanied by change in temperature, i.e., rise or fall in temperature.
Such reactions can be classified into two types : Exothermic and endothermic reactions.
– Exothermic reactions : Reactions which are accompanied by rise in temperature are
those in which heat is evolved, such reactions are called exothermic reactions. Release
of heat is shown by writing + ‘heat’ on right hand side of the reaction.
C + O2 → CO2 + Heat
Carbon Oxygen Carbon dioxide
– Endothermic reactions : Reactions which are accompanied by fall in temperature
are those in which heat is absorbed, such reactions are called endothermic reactions.
Absorption of heat is shown by writing + ‘heat’ on the left hand side of the equation.
C + 2S + Heat → CS2
Carbon Sulphur Carbon disulphide

ACTIVITY To study reaction between vinegar and baking soda

CORNER  Materials required :
Vinegar, baking soda, test
tube, conical flask, gas
delivery tube, limewater
Delivery tube
 Procedure : Take some baking soda in a
conical flask. Add vinegar to it and put the
cork with delivery tube. Pass the gas coming Limewater
out from the tube into limewater taken in
Vinegar
a test tube and record your observations.
 Observations : When vinegar is added
to baking soda brisk effervescence takes
Baking soda
place and bubbles of a gas are given off.
The gas evolved is passed through limewater which turns milky.
 Conclusion : When vinegar reacts with baking soda, carbon dioxide gas is given out which
turns limewater milky due to formation of calcium carbonate.
Vinegar  +  Baking soda → Carbon dioxide + Other products
(Acetic acid) (Sodium
hydrogencarbonate)
   Carbon dioxide + Limewater → Calcium carbonate + Water
(CO2) (Ca(OH)2) (CaCO3) (H2O)

40 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

 Chemical Equations COMPETITION WINDOW
 A chemical equation links together the
means that the total mass of the reactants
substances which react (reactants) with the
and products participating in an equation
new substances that are formed (products).
must be the same.
 The chemical equations can be written in
Unbalanced Chemical Equations
two ways : (i) Word equations (ii) Symbol
 An unbalanced chemical equation is the
equations
equation in which the number of atoms
Balanced Chemical Equations of the elements on the two sides of the
 A balanced chemical equation is the equation equation is not the same.
which contains an equal number of atoms For example, formation of water by the
of each element on both the sides of the reaction between hydrogen and oxygen.
equation.
H2 + O2 → H2O  (Unbalanced)
For example, balanced chemical equation
2H2 + O2 → 2H2O  (Balanced)
for burning of magnesium in oxygen to
form magnesium oxide is written as : Balancing of Chemical Equations
 The number of atoms of each element should
2Mg + O2 → 2MgO be equal on both sides of the equation.
A balanced chemical equation must obey The equation can be balanced by hit and
the law of conservation of mass. This trial method.

Types of Chemical Reactions

Chemical reactions can be grouped into various types on the basis of their nature. Some common
types of chemical reactions are :

Combination reactions
A combination reaction may be defined as, “The reaction in which two or more substances
combine to form a single substance under suitable conditions.”
For example, when vapours of dry chlorine gas are passed through iron in the form of a fine
wool, a chemical reaction takes place. A brown mass of ferric chloride is formed on iron wool
as a result of the combination reaction.
2Fe(s) + 3Cl2(g) → 2FeCl3(s)
Iron Dry chlorine gas Ferric chloride

Displacement reactions
A displacement reaction may be defined as, “The chemical reaction in which one element takes
the position or place of another element present in a compound”. These reactions occur mostly
in solution form and a more active metal displaces or removes another less active element or
metal to form a compound.
For example,
Zn( s) + H2 SO4( aq ) 
→ ZnSO4( aq ) + H2( g )
Zinc Dil. sulphuric Zinc sulphate Hydrogen gas
acid

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 41

 ACTIVITY To show the deposition of copper on iron nails
CORNER  Materials required : Iron nail, copper sulphate solution, beaker, glass
rod, water, dilute sulphuric acid
 Procedure : Dissolve copper sulphate in a beaker by adding water and
stirring it with a glass rod. Add few drops of dilute sulphuric acid to retain
blue colour of copper sulphate solution. Drop the iron nail into the solution. After some
time observe the change which has taken place.

Iron nail
Green iron
Blue copper sulphate
sulphate Copper deposited solution
solution on nail

 Observations : The colour of the solution changes from blue to green. The colour of iron
nail changes to reddish brown.
 Conclusion :
– Copper from copper sulphate solution deposits on the iron nail giving it a reddish brown
copper colour. The solution turns green due to the formation of a new substance—
ferrous sulphate.
Fe + CuSO4 → FeSO4 + Cu
– This reaction is an example of displacement reaction.

Reactivity Series of Metals or Activity Series COMPETITION WINDOW

 The arrangement of metals in the decreasing
order of their reactivities is called reactivity Activity Series Reactivity
series or activity series of metals. K Most reactive

 In the activity series, the most reactive

Na
metal is placed at the top whereas the least Ca
Mg
Decreasing chemical reactivity

reactive metal is placed at the bottom. A Metals more

more reactive metal (placed higher in the Al reactive than
activity series) can displace any less reactive Zn hydrogen

metal from its aqueous salt solution. For Fe

example, zinc displaces copper (less reactive) Pb
from its solution as H
Zn(s) + CuSO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + Cu(s) Cu
Hg Metals less reactive
 ut copper is less reactive than zinc and
B than hydrogen
cannot displace it from ZnSO4 solution. Ag
Cu(s) + ZnSO4(aq) → No reaction Au Least reactive

42 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

Double displacement reactions
A double displacement reaction may be defined as, “The chemical reaction in which two
reactants exchange ions to form two new compounds.”
These reactions are also known as partner exchange reactions.
For example, AgNO3 + NaCl → AgCl + NaNO3
Silver Sodium Silver Sodium
nitrate chloride chloride nitrate
Decomposition reactions
A decomposition reaction may be defined as, “The reaction in which a single substance splits
into two or more simple substances under suitable conditions.” Decomposition reactions are
mainly endothermic in nature.
For example, decomposition of sugar on strong heating into black mass of charcoal.
Heat
C12H22O11 12C + 11H2O
Precipitation reactions
When the aqueous solution of two ionic compounds react by exchanging their ions/radicals, to
form two or more new compounds, such that one of the products formed is an insoluble salt,
and hence, forms precipitate then it is called a precipitation reaction.
For example, when lead nitrate solution is mixed with potassium iodide solution, a yellow
precipitate is formed. This reaction is a precipitation reaction and can be expressed as follows :

Neutralisation reactions
When an aqueous solution of an acid reacts with a base (alkali) by exchanging their ions/radicals
to form salt and water as the only products then it is called a neutralisation reaction.
For example, H2SO4(dil) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
Sulphuric acid Sodium hydroxide Sodium sulphate Water
(Acid) (Base/Alkali) (Salt) (Water)

Oxidation and reduction reactions

z Oxidation involves addition of oxygen or removal of hydrogen from a substance.
For example, C + O2 → CO2
Carbon Oxygen Carbon dioxide
z Reduction involves addition of hydrogen or removal of oxygen from a substance.
For example, H2 + CuO → Cu + H 2O
Hydrogen Copper oxide Copper Water

Redox reactions, Oxidising agent and Reduction COMPETITION WINDOW

agent
 For memory aid, oxidation and reduction
 The oxidation and reduction reactions are
also called redox reactions (in the name together are written as ‘OILRIG’ which means
‘redox’, the term ‘red’ stands for ‘reduction’ OIL → Oxidation is loss
and ‘ox’ stand for oxidation). RIG → Reduction is gain (of electrons)

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 43

 Oxidising agent is known as a reducing agent.
 The substance which either gives oxygen or
removes hydrogen in an oxidation reaction,
For example,
is known as an oxidising agent.
Reducing agent
 The substance which either gives hydrogen Therefore, ZnO is oxidising agent and C is
or removes oxygen in a reduction reaction, reducing agent.

ILLUSTRATIONS is in the form of precipitate, hence limewater

turns milky.
6 What is galvanisation? Limewater + Carbon dioxide →
Ans.: It is a process in which a layer of zinc  Calcium carbonate + Water
is deposited on iron. Iron water pipes are Ca(OH)2 + CO2 → CaCO3 + H2O
generally galvanised so that iron does not (Milky)
get rusted since it does not come in contact 10 What are the changes which take place
with water. during a chemical change or a chemical
7 What will happen if iron nails are kept reaction?
in a moist cloth for two days? Ans.: There can be change in colour, smell,
Ans.: Since air and water are in contact with properties, chemical composition, etc. during
iron nails, all the conditions for rusting are a chemical change. A new substance is formed
there. Hence, iron nails get rusted in the during the change. It can be accompanied by
wet cloth. evolution of light, evolution or absorption of
heat or sound.
8 What are the simple methods to prevent
rusting of iron? 11 A silver spoon is kept immersed in an
Ans.: Coating with oil, grease or paint are aqueous copper sulphate solution. What
simplest methods of preventing rusting. It change will take place?
can also be prevented by galvanisation, i.e., Ans.: No change will take place and the silver
depositing a layer of zinc on it or alloying spoon will remain unaffected. Moreover, blue
to steel. colour of copper sulphate will also not fade.
This is because no chemical reaction takes
9 Why does limewater turn milky when
place between silver and copper sulphate
carbon dioxide gas is passed through it?
solution as silver is placed below copper in
Ans.: When carbon dioxide is passed through
the activity series, i.e., silver is less reactive
limewater, carbon dioxide reacts with it to
than copper.
form a compound calcium carbonate which

Crystallisation
z It is a process of separation of pure crystals of a substance from its solution.
z Crystallisation is an example of a physical change.
z This method is used to prepare pure crystals of many compounds like sugar, copper sulphate,
alum (phitkari).
z This method is also used to prepare pure salt from sea water.
z A large crystals of alum can be prepared by adding a small crystal of alum in its
saturated solution.

44 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

 ACTIVITY To prepare crystals of copper sulphate
CORNER  Materials required : Copper sulphate, water, dilute sulphuric acid,
beaker, funnel, filter paper, china dish, burner
 Procedure : Dissolve copper sulphate in half a beaker of water. Add
a few drops of dilute sulphuric acid. Heat the solution and keep adding
more copper sulphate till a saturated solution is formed and no more copper sulphate can be
added to it. Filter the solution in a china dish and keep the filtrate undisturbed for some time.
As the solution cools it becomes a supersaturated solution. Record your observations once
the solution is cooled.

Hot and
concentrated
copper Copper sulphate
Glass rod sulphate
solution crystals

Water Burner
Tripod
Copper stand
sulphate

 Observations : Blue crystals of copper sulphate separate out at the bottom of china dish.
 Conclusion : Pure crystals of copper sulphate can be prepared from its supersaturated
solution.

D O YO U
KNOW?
 During crystallisation, the small crystal
which is added to start crystallisation is
called seed crystal or seed. To prepare a big crystal Seed
of alum, seed is tied with a thread and suspended in
saturated solution of alum. The crystal grows in size Saturated solution
and becomes big. of alum
 After removing the crystals from the solution the
remaining solution is called mother liquor.

ILLUSTRATIONS 14 Give one example where crystallisation is

12 What are crystalline substance? involved in getting an important ingredient

Ans.: Those substance which are hard and of our food.
possess definite geometrical shape are known Ans.: Crystallisation is used to obtain salt
as crystalline substances. For example, sodium from sea water.
chloride, crystals of copper sulphate, etc.
15 Name the method used for the separation
13 Is crystallisation a physical change or a
of hydrated copper sulphate from its aqueous
chemical change?
Ans.: It is a physical change, as no new solution.
substance is formed. Ans.: Crystallisation

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 45

 CONCEPT MAP

Physical Change Chemical Change

A physical change is a change in shape, A chemical change results in the
size, colour or state of a substance without formation of new substances when the
changing its chemical composition. composition of the original substance is
changed.

Characteristics
Characteristics  new substance with new
A
properties is formed.
 o new substances are formed.
N
These are permanent changes.
These are temporary changes.
These cannot be easily reversed.
These can generally be reversed. There is a change in weight.
There is no change in weight. Heat is absorbed or given off.
Only a little heat is absorbed or given off. Examples :
Examples :
Melting of ice, boiling of water, freezing of Physical Burning of magnesium ribbon,
rusting of iron, digestion of food,
water, condensation, crystallisation, etc. photosynthesis, etc.
and
Winds, Storms
Chemical
and Cyclone Rusting
Corrosion of iron is called rusting.
Changes When iron is exposed to moist air for a
long time, its surface acquires a coating
of a brown, flaky substance called rust.
Rust is mainly hydrated iron(III) oxide,
Fe2O3·xH2O. Both air and moisture are
needed for rusting.
Crystallisation Types of
Chemical
Crystallisation is the process of formation of
Reactions
solid crystals from a saturated solution.

Chemical Reaction
In a chemical reaction, formation of
new products takes place.

Combination reactions
Single displacement reactions Two or more substances combine to
form a single substance.
The chemical reactions in which one
e.g., 2Mg(s) + O2(g) → 2MgO(s)
element takes the place of another element
Magnesium Oxygen Magnesium
in a compound, e.g., oxide
Mg(s) + CuSO4(aq) → MgSO4(aq) + Cu(s)
Magnesium Copper Magnesium Copper
sulphate sulphate Decomposition reactions
Single substance splits up into two or more substances, e.g.,
Heat
CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g)
Calcium Calcium Carbon
carbonate oxide dioxide

Double displacement reactions

Two compounds react by exchange of Neutralisation reactions
ions to form two new compounds, e.g.,
When an aqueous solution of an acid reacts with a base by
NaCl(aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgCl(s) + NaNO3(aq)
exchange of their ions/radicals to form salt and water, e.g.,
Sodium Silver Silver Sodium
chloride nitrate chloride nitrate
H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
Sulphuric acid Sodium hydroxide Sodium sulphate Water

46 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

 Solved Examples
1. Write any four characteristics of a physical 6. Explain the reasons for the following :
change. (i) Cooking of rice is a chemical change.
Ans.: (i) No new substance is formed. (ii) Adding sugar to milk is a physical change.
(ii) There is a change in shape, size or state. (iii) Burning of coal is a chemical change.
(iii) Physical change is generally temporary. Ans.: (i) Rice, when cooked cannot be reverted
(iv) Properties of the substance remain same to its raw form again. There is difference in the
even after the change.
properties of rice after cooking.
2. Breaking of an egg is a physical change (ii) There is no difference in the properties of
while boiling of an egg is a chemical change. milk or sugar after it is dissolved.
Why? (iii) When coal is burnt, ash is left behind. Ash
Ans.: When an egg is broken, no new substance cannot be converted to coal again. Coal and ash
is formed hence it is a physical change but when
have different properties.
egg is boiled, chemical nature of the egg changes.
The properties of a boiled egg are totally different 7. What are the main factors which are
from the raw egg. Hence, boiling of an egg is a responsible for rusting of iron?
chemical change. Ans.: There are two main factors which are
3. Is conversion of milk into ice-cream a responsible for rusting of iron :
chemical change? Justify your answer. (i) Presence of air or oxygen.
Ans.: Yes, conversion of milk into ice-cream is a (ii) Presence of water or moisture.
chemical change since properties of ice-cream Both these factors have to be present for iron to
are different from the milk. get rusted. If any of these i.e., either air or water
4. Why does the colour of copper sulphate are absent, rusting will not take place.
change from blue to green if an iron nail is 8. What is crystallisation? How can you get
placed in the solution of copper sulphate? crystals of pure sugar from its solution?
Ans.: When an iron nail is placed in the copper Ans.: Crystallisation is the process in which pure
sulphate solution, iron being more reactive than crystals of a substance are separated from its
copper displaces copper from copper sulphate
saturated solution. To get crystals of pure sugar,
solution. Displacement reaction takes place
the sugar is dissolved in minimum amount of
and ferrous sulphate is formed which is green in
water and heated to get its saturated solution.
colour. Brown copper is deposited on the nail.
Solution is filtered to remove any impurities
CuSO4 + Fe → FeSO4 + Cu
present in the sugar. Crystals of pure sugar
5. What is a reversible change? Give few separate out from the filtrate on cooling the
examples. solution.
Ans.: A change in which original substance can
Saturated solution
be recovered by removing the factor responsible of sugar
for change or by using simple methods is known
as reversible change.
Examples : Conversion of ice into water, inflating Filtrate Sugar crystals
of a balloon, stretching of a rubber band, mixing
of salt in water, etc.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 47

 9. What is alloying? Name an important alloy (a) What changes do you expect?
of iron. (b) Are these changes chemical in nature?
Ans.: Alloying is a method in which a metal (c) Write a word equation for the chemical
is mixed with another metal or a non-metal in change, if any. (NCERT Exemplar)
molten state to improve the properties of the Ans.: (a) Copper sulphate solution is blue in
metal. Iron gets rusted very easily and to make colour. When an iron nail is left in it for some
it rust free, iron is combined with carbon and time the blue colour of copper sulphate solution
some other metals like chromium or manganese changes to green and the surface of iron nail gets
to make an important alloy called stainless steel. a brown coloured deposit.
Stainless steel does not get rusted. (b) Yes, the changes are chemical changes
10. State two points of differences between because new substances iron sulphate (green)
formation of rust and formation of ice. and copper (brown) are formed in the reaction.
Ans.: (i) Rusting is a chemical process while (c) Copper sulphate + Iron → Iron sulphate
formation of ice is a physical process. (Blue) (Shining grey) (Green)
(ii) Rusting is irreversible while formation of  + Copper
ice is a reversible process. (Brown)
11. Give two examples for each of the following 14. If you leave a piece of iron in the open
cases: for a few days, it acquires a film of brownish
(a) Physical changes which are reversible. substance, called rust.
(b) Physical changes which are not reversible. (a) Do you think rust is different from iron?
(c) Chemical changes. (NCERT Exemplar) (b) Can you change rust back into iron by
Ans.: (a) (i) Folding of paper some simple method?
(ii) Melting of ice (c) Do you think formation of rust from iron
(b) (i) Cutting of paper is a chemical change?
(ii) Breaking of glass (d) Give two other examples of a similar type
(c) (i) Burning of paper of change. (NCERT Exemplar)
(ii) Curdling of milk Ans.: (a) Yes, rust is different from iron. It is a
12. Explain the following: brown powder of iron oxide.
(a) Lime water turns milky on passing carbon (b) No rusting is a chemical change and cannot
dioxide gas into it. be reversed.
(b) Bubbles are produced when acetic (c) Yes, rusting is a chemical change since a
acid is added to a solution of sodium new substance is formed.
hydrogencarbonate. (NCERT Exemplar) (d) (i) Burning of magnesium ribbon to give
Ans.: (a) When carbon dioxide gas is passed magnesium oxide.
through lime water, it turns milky because a (ii) Burning of wood to give coal and ash.
white precipitate of calcium carbonate is formed.
15. Give an example of a chemical reaction
Calcium hydroxide + Carbon dioxide → Calcium
for each of the following situations :
carbonate + Water
(a) A change in colour is observed.
(b) When acetic acid is added to a solution of
(b) A gas is evolved.
sodium hydrogencarbonate, carbon dioxide
(c) Sound is produced. (NCERT Exemplar)
gas is formed which comes out in the form of
Ans.: (a) Reaction between copper sulphate
bubbles.
and iron metal - blue solution of copper sulphate
Sodium hydrogencarbonate + Acetic acid →
changes to green solution of ferrous sulphate.
Sodium carbonate + Water + Carbon dioxide
(b) Reaction between sodium hydrogen
13. A student took a solution of copper sulphate carbonate and acetic acid - carbon dioxide gas is
in a beaker and put a clean iron nail into it evolved.
and left it for about an hour. (c) Burning of crackers produces a loud sound.

48 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

 NCERT Section
1. Classify the changes involved in the following changes. Give another example of a familiar
processes as physical or chemical changes: process in which both the chemical and
(a) Photosynthesis physical changes take place.
(b) Dissolving sugar in water
6. How would you show that setting of curd
(c) Burning of coal
is a chemical change?
(d) Melting of wax
(e) Beating aluminium to make aluminium 7. Explain why burning of wood and cutting
foil it into small pieces are considered as two
(f) Digestion of food different types of changes.
2. State whether the following statements are 8. Describe how crystals of copper sulphate
true or false. In case a statement is false, are prepared.
write the correct statement in your notebook. 9. Explain how painting of an iron gate prevents
(a) Cutting a log of wood into pieces is a it from rusting.
chemical change. (True/False)
(b) Formation of manure from leaves is a 10. Explain why rusting of iron objects is faster
physical change. (True/False) in coastal areas than in deserts.
(c) Iron pipes coated with zinc do not get 11. The gas we use in the kitchen is called
rusted easily. (True/False) liquefied petroleum gas (LPG). In the cylinder
(d) Iron and rust are the same substances. it exists as a liquid. When it comes out from
(True/False) the cylinder it becomes a gas (Change - A)
(e) Condensation of steam is not a chemical then it burns (Change - B).
change. (True/False)
The following statements pertain to these
3. Fill in the blanks in the following statements: changes. Choose the correct one.
(a) When carbon dioxide is passed through (i) Process - A is a chemical change.
lime water, it turns milky due to the (ii) Process - B is a chemical change.
formation of . (iii) Both processes A and B are chemical
(b) The chemical name of baking soda is . changes.
(c) Two methods by which rusting of (iv) None of these processes is a chemical
iron can be prevented are and change.
.
(d) Changes in which only properties 12. Anaerobic bacteria digest animal waste
of a substance change are called physical and produce biogas (Change - A). The
changes. biogas is then burnt as fuel (Change - B).
(e) Changes in which new substances are The following statements pertain to these
formed are called changes. changes. Choose the correct one.
(i) Process - A is a chemical change.
4. When baking soda is mixed with lemon juice, (ii) Process - B is a chemical change.
bubbles are formed with the evolution of (iii) Both processes A and B are chemical
a gas. What type of change is it? Explain. changes.
5. When a candle burns, both physical and (iv) None of these processes is a chemical
chemical changes take place. Identify these change.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 49

 Exercise
Multiple Choice Questions (a) green (b) blue
(c) pink (d) colourless U
LEVEL - 1
8. Which of the following metals burns with
1. Which of the following is not a physical a dazzling white flame?
change? (a) Zinc (b) Copper
(a) Breaking of a glass tumbler (c) Iron (d) Magnesium R
(b) Melting of butter 9. A reversible change is a change which
(c) Dissolving of sugar in water (a) cannot be reversed
(d) Ripening of a fruit U (b) is a chemical change
2. Which gas is produced when vinegar reacts (c) takes place during a displacement
with baking soda? reaction
(a) Hydrogen (b) Carbon dioxide (d) can be reversed. R
(c) Carbon monoxide (d) Oxygen An 10. Which of the following gases burns with a
3. Rusting of iron is pop sound?
(a) an irreversible chemical change (a) Hydrogen (b) Oxygen
(b) a reversible chemical change (c) Nitrogen (d) Carbon dioxide
(c) an irreversible physical change 11. Carbon dioxide gas turns limewater milky.
(d) a reversible physical change. U This change is a
(a) physical change
4. Galvanisation is a process in which (b) chemical change
(a) iron is coated on zinc metal (c) displacement reaction
(b) zinc and iron are mixed in molten state (d) neutralisation reaction. U
(c) zinc is coated as a layer on iron
12. Choose the incorrect statement.
(d) carbon is mixed with iron and heated.
(a) Chemical reactions are characterised by
5. Which of the following is a chemical change? change in colour and smell.
(a) Cutting of a cloth (b) Ironing of a cloth (b) Change in chemical compositions of
(c) Drying of a cloth (d) Burning of a cloth reactants takes place during a chemical
 U change.
(c) Physical changes are always reversible.
6. Which of the following methods cannot be (d) Change in physical state is a physical
used to prevent rusting? change.
(a) Painting
13. Identify the physical change among the
(b) Alloying
following.
(c) Galvanisation
(a) Burning of magnesium ribbon
(d) Mixing with sulphur
(b) Formation of solution by dissolving a
7. When an iron nail is dipped in copper soluble substance in water
sulphate solution, the colour of copper (c) Photosynthesis
sulphate changes to (d) Digestion of food

50 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

14. Which type of the chemical reaction is the 20. When magnesium oxide is dissolved in
following reaction? water, the solution formed
AB + C → AC + B (a) turns red litmus blue
(a) Decomposition reaction (b) turns blue litmus red
(b) Neutralisation reaction (c) gives no colour with phenolphthalein
(c) Displacement reaction (d) gives back the magnesium ribbon on
(d) Combination reaction U standing.
15. Crystallisation is the process in which 21. Which of the following will result in a
(a) crystals of pure substance are obtained chemical change?
(b) crystals of impure substance are obtained (a) Mixing of milk and sugar
(c) colourless crystals of a coloured substance (b) Mixing of milk and curd
are obtained (c) Mixing of milk and water
(d) coloured crystals of a colourless substance (d) Mixing of water and salad An
are obtained. Ap 22. Beating an egg to make a cake is a
(a) physical change
16. Which of the following compounds is
(b) chemical change
formed when the ash formed by burning
(c) reversible change
of magnesium in air is dissolved in water?
(d) change in state. U
(a) Magnesium oxide
(b) Magnesium hydroxide 23. Which of the following is not the correct
(c) Magnesium carbonate combination?
(d) Magnesium chloride An (a) Melting of butter – Physical change
(b) Shaping of glass by heating
17. A cut piece of apple turns brown when  – Physical change
exposed to air for some time. It is an example (c) Burning of magnesium in air
of a  – Physical change
(a) reversible change (d) Glowing of an electric bulb
(b) physical change  – Physical change An
(c) chemical change
(d) physical and reversible change. 24. Which of the following statements is correct
regarding formation of rust and formation of
18. Which of the following is not a chemical ice?
change? (a) Rust is formed by a chemical change
(i) Magnesium burning while ice is formed by a physical change.
(ii) Cake baking (b) Both rust and ice are formed by physical
(iii) Cooking of food change.
(iv) Crystal formation (c) Both rust and ice are formed by chemical
(v) Melting of ice-cream change.
(a) (i) and (iii) (b) (ii) and (iv) (d) Rust is formed by a physical change
(c) (ii) and (v) (d) (iv) and (v) An while ice is formed by a chemical change.
19. Pure salt from the sea water can be obtained 25. Keeping a stone in sunlight for few hours is
by (a) a physical change
(a) neutralisation (b) a chemical change
(b) boiling (c) neither physical nor a chemical change
(c) sublimation (d) combination of physical and chemical
(d) evaporation and crystallisation. Ap changes. U

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 51

 26. In which type of change we observe change LEVEL - 2
in specific property of matter but not in
31. In a displacement reaction
chemical composition?
(a) the colour of the original solution does
(a) Physical change not change
(b) Chemical change (b) a more reactive element displaces a less
(c) Both physical and chemical changes reactive element from its solution
(d) Neither physical nor chemical change (c) a less reactive element displaces a more
U reactive element from its solution

(d) the elements with same reactivity displace
27. Which of the following is not the correct
each other in salt solution. U
combination?
(a) Preparing sugar solution by heating 32. Identify the type of change in the following
reaction.
 – Physical change heat heat
Ice Water Steam
(b) Evaporation of salt solution to get salt
(a) Physical change (b) Chemical change
 – Chemical change
(c) Both physical and chemical changes
(c) Formation of magnesium oxide on (d) None of the above
burning
33. Mark the correct statement.
 – Chemical change
(a) Hydrogen gas is evolved when vinegar
(d) Formation of paneer from milk
is added to baking soda.
 – Chemical change An (b) Heat energy is always given out during
28. Mark the incorrect statement. a chemical change.
(a) A crystal is a solid in its pure form. (c) New product is always formed during
a chemical change.
(b) Galvanisation is zinc coating on iron.
(d) Combining two substances by heating
(c) Rusting is a chemical reversible change.
is a physical change. U
(d) Reaction of iron and copper sulphate
is a displacement reaction. 34. Identify the correct statement.
U
(a) Rusting and burning are reversible
29. Cut vegetables turn brown when exposed changes.
to air. This is due to (b) Physical change is always an irreversible
(a) evaporation (b) oxidation change.
(c) neutralisation (d) displacement (c) Oxygen gas turns limewater milky.
(d) Cutting of an apple is an irreversible
30. A chemical reaction in which magnesium chemical change.
ribbon burns can be represented as
35. Which of the following changes is wrongly
(a) Magnesium + Oxygen → Magnesium
identified?
oxide (a) Eating of dosa in breakfast
(b) Magnesium + Oxygen → – Chemical change
 Magnesium hydroxide (b) Cutting of wood to make furniture
(c) Magnesium + Water → – Chemical change
 Magnesium hydroxide (c) Making fruit custard from milk
(d) Magnesium + Oxygen + Water → – Chemical change
 Magnesium hydroxide (d) Baking a cake – Chemical change An

52 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

36. For crystallisation to take place a solution 39. When an iron spade is left open in a moist
must be atmosphere it
(a) saturated (a) develops brown powdery layer of iron
(b) supersaturated oxide
(c) unsaturated (b) develops green layer of iron oxide
(d) dilute. U (c) develops brown layer of oxygen
(d) does not undergo any change.
37. Study the given figure carefully.
40. When carbon dioxide is passed through
limewater
Blue Green (a) it turns blue due to formation of calcium
coloured coloured
solution
oxide
solution
Brownish-red
(b) it turns green due to formation of iron
X nails deposition sulphate
Which of the following reactions explains (c) it turns white due to formation of
the above change most appropriately? calcium hydroxide
(a) ZnSO4 + Cu →­ CuSO4 + Zn (d) it turns milky due to formation of
calcium carbonate.
(b) CuSO4 + Fe → FeSO4 + Cu
(c) FeSO4 + Cu → CuSO4 + Fe 41. The example for exothermic reaction is
(d) CuSO4 + Zn → ZnSO4 + Cu Cr (a) melting of ice cubes
(b) decomposition of vegetable matter into
38. Dissolve some common salt in water and compost
leave the solution in an open and sunny (c) cooking an egg (d) baking bread.
place for a day. What do you observe?
(a) The whole of the solution evaporates 42. The given reaction is an example of
(b) Water evaporates leaving behind salt Fe + CuSO4 → Cu + FeSO4
(c) Salt evaporates leaving behind water (a) Redox reaction
(b) Double displacement reaction
(d) No change of any form in the salt
(c) Neutralization reaction
solution U
(d) Precipitation reaction

43. Study the given Venn diagram :

Chemical change

1
Reversible 3 Irreversible
change 4 2 change
Physical change
Points 1, 2, 3 and 4 represent
1 2 3 4
(a) Folding a paper Burning of a A spinning top Germination of
to make boat cracker seeds
(b) Growth of a plant Cutting of a tree Burning of Melting of ice
cooking gas
(c) Setting of milk to Melting of ice Inflation of tyre Tearing a paper
form curd into pieces
(d) Change of seasons Rising and setting Bursting of a Burning of a candle
of sun balloon
 Cr

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 53

 44. Rajni has classified a few changes around 47. Which of the following statements is/are
us as shown in the table. correct?
S. Type of I. Manure formation from leaves is a
No. Change chemical change.
change
1. Browning of sliced Physical, II. Chemically iron and rust are same.
brinjal irreversible III. Breakdown of ozone to oxygen is a
2. Getting pure Physical, chemical change.
crystals of copper reversible IV. Zinc coated iron pipes rust easily.
sulphate from (a) II only (b) I and III only
saturated solution (c) II and III only (d) I and IV only
of copper sulphate
48. When silver bromide is exposed to light,
3. Baking of a cake Chemical, it forms silver metal and bromine vapours.
reversible This reaction comes under which of the
4. Respiration Chemical, following category?
irreversible (a) Decomposition reaction
5. Making sugar Physical, (b) Single displacement reaction
solution reversible (c) Double displacement reaction
The changes classified correctly are (d) Combination reaction
(a) 3 and 5 only (b) 2, 4 and 5 only 49. Process of respiration is
(c) 1 and 5 only (d) 2 and 4 only (a) an oxidation reaction which is endothermic
45. Observe the given experimental set-up. (b) a reduction reaction which is exothermic
(c) a combination reaction which is
endothermic
(d) an oxidation reaction which is exothermic.
Ammonium chloride  U
50. Chemical reaction between quick lime and
Which of the following represents the correct water is characterised by
observation? (a) evolution of hydrogen gas
(a) Vapours of chlorine are evolved. (b) formation of slaked lime precipitate
(b) Ammonium chloride melts after some (c) change in temperature of mixture
time. (d) change in colour of the product. An
(c) White solid gets deposited on the upper LEVEL - 3 (HOTS)
cooler part of test tube.
Competency Focused Questions (CFQs)
(d) Violet coloured vapours are produced
as ammonium chloride undergoes 51. All of the following processes involve
sublimation. An a separation of either a mixture into its
components, or a compound into elements.
46. Which of the following statements is incorrect? For each, decide whether a physical process
(a) Carbon dioxide turns lime water milky. or a chemical reaction is required.
(b) Breaking down of ozone is a chemical (i) Sodium metal is obtained from the
change. substance sodium chloride.
(c) Production of biogas from animal waste (ii) Iron filings are separated from sand by
is a physical change. using a magnet.
(d) For rusting, the presence of both oxygen (iii) Sugar crystals are separated from sugar
and water is essential. syrup by evaporation of water.

54 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

 (iv) Fine crystals of silver chloride are Physical Chemical
separated from a suspension of the Processes Processes
crystals in water. (a) i, ii, iii iv, v
(v) Copper is produced when zinc metal (b) i, iv ii, iii, v
is placed in a solution of copper (II) (c) ii, iii, iv i, v
sulphate, a compound. (d) v i, ii, iii, iv U
52. Observe the given figure carefully.

Gas ‘X’

Dilute
sulphuric acid
Zinc granules
Read the given passage and fill in the blanks by selecting an appropriate option.
In the given figure, (i) reaction takes place which is a chemical change. (ii) being more reactive than
(iii) , produces gas ‘X’ which is (iv) and it burns with a (v) .
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v)
(a) oxidation Zn H SO2 dazzling light
(b) displacement H Zn H2 pop sound
(c) displacement Zn H H2 pop sound
(d) reduction Zn S SO2 rotten egg smell An
53. The equation, 54. Read the given statements and select the
Mg(s) + CuO(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s) correct option.
represents Statement 1 : Electrolysis of water is a displace-
i. decomposition reaction ment reaction.
ii. displacement reaction Statement 2 : Water gets broken down to
iii. combination reaction form hydrogen and oxygen.
iv. double displacement reaction (a) Both statements 1 and 2 are true.
v. redox reaction (b) Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
(a) i and ii (c) Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is
(b) iii and iv
true.
(c) ii and v
(d) Statement 1 is true but statement 2 is
(d) iv and v U false.
55. Classify each of the following reactions :
1. Zn(s) + 2AgNO3(aq) → Zn(NO3)2(aq) + 2Ag(s)
Heating
2. Ca(OH)2(s) CaO(s) + H2O(g)
3. Cu(NO3)2(aq) + Na2S(aq) → 2NaNO3(aq) + CuS(s)
4. H2SO3(aq) + 2KOH(aq) → K2SO3(aq) + 2H2O(l)
1 2 3 4
(a) Precipitation Neutralization Decomposition Redox reaction
(b) Neutralization Precipitation Redox reaction Decomposition
(c) Redox reaction Decomposition Precipitation Neutralization
(d) Decomposition Redox reaction Neutralization Precipitation

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 55

 56. While discussing the topic ‘Rusting’, Mr. 57. A few changes are given below :
Ankit, a class 7 teacher wrote the following A. Making almirah from wood
statements on the blackboard. He asked his B. Galvanisation of an iron pot
students to find the incorrect statements. C. Making an aeroplane from a paper
I. Depositing a layer of tin on iron is called D. Formation of acid rain from air pollutants
galvanisation. E. Photosynthesis
F. Breaking of vase
II. Stainless steel rusts more quickly as
Classify these changes into
it contains carbon and metals like
I. Irreversible-physical change
chromium, nickel and manganese. II. Chemical change
III. Salty water fastens the process of rust III. Reversible-physical change.
formation. (a) I - A, F II - B, D, E III - C
Select the incorrect statement(s). (b) I - A, B, E II - D, F III - C
(a) III only (b) I only (c) I - A II - B, D III - C, E, F
(c) I and II only (d) I, II and III (d) I - F II - C, E III - A, B, D
58. Observe the given figures carefully.

Magnesium ribbon burning

with a dazzling light
Blue colour Green colour
solution solution
(P) of (X) of (Y)
(P) + H2O → (Q) (Y) (X)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Read the given passage and fill in the blanks by selecting an appropriate option.
Figures 1 and 2 both represent a (i) change. In figure 1, P is (ii) and Q is (iii) . In figure 2,
X and Y can be (iv) and (v) respectively.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v)
(a) Physical Mg MgO.2H2O Cu Ag
(b) Chemical MgO Mg(OH)2 Cu Fe
(c) Chemical Mg(OH)2 MgO Fe Cu
(d) Physical Mg(NO3)2 MgO Zn Al
59. Vishakha took few wire pieces made up of 60. Observe the given figure carefully and select
different metals and placed them in blue the correct statements. HCl
coloured solution of copper sulphate. What I. Heat is evolved in
will be the colour of the solutions present this reaction. Burette
in beakers I, II and III after half an hour? II. T h e c o l o u r o f NaOH
+
Phenolphthalein
the mixture in
the conical flask
Iron Silver Gold is pink in the
I II III beginning.
I II III III. It represents a neutralisation reaction.
(a) Green Blue Green IV. No new substance is formed in the
(b) Blue Green Green reaction.
(c) Green Blue Blue (a) I, II and III only (b) II and III only
(d) Blue Blue Blue (c) III and IV only (d) I, II, III and IV

56 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

61. Study the given Venn diagram and identify points 1, 2 and 3.

Physical Chemical
•
change 3 •2 change
1
Irreversible
change
1 2 3
(a) Melting of ice Boiling of rice Burning of a candle
(b) Burning of paper Rusting of iron Cutting of fruits
(c) Breaking of a glass Baking LPG in kitchen Burning of a cake
(d) Tearing of paper Evaporation of water Making lemonade U
62. Observe the given change carefully and identify W, X, Y and Z.

W X Y Z
(a) CuSO4.5H2O Physical change CuSO4 H2O vapours
(b) MgSO4.7H2O Physical change MgSO4 H2O vapours
(c) FeSO4.7H2O Chemical change FeSO4 H2O droplets
(d) CuSO4.5H2O Chemical change CuSO4 H2O droplets  Ap
63. Match the given chemical reactions with the products listed and select the correct option
from the given codes.
(i) CaO (ii) Mg(OH)2 (iii) NO2 (iv) Cu
(v) MgCl2 (vi) O2 (vii) Fe2O3 (viii) CaCO3
P. Mixing magnesium oxide with water
Q. Brown deposit on iron nail kept in copper sulphate solution
R. Carbon dioxide is passed through lime water
S. Absorption of ultraviolet radiations by ozone.
(a) P-(v), Q-(vii), R-(i), S-(vi) (b) P-(iv), Q-(ii), R-(i), S-(iii)
(c) P-(ii), Q-(iii), R-(viii), S-(vii) (d) P-(ii), Q-(iv), R-(viii), S-(vi) An
64. Observe the given figure carefully and fill in the blanks by choosing an appropriate option.

deposition

p q r s
(a) Crystallisation Iron Chemical, reversible Iron oxide
(b) Sublimation Zinc Physical, irreversible Zinc oxide
(c) Melting Copper Physical, reversible Copper oxide
(d) Crystallisation Iron Chemical, irreversible Copper

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 57

 65. Which portion of the ship will rust the 15. The change in which a substance in a different
fastest? state but having similar chemical properties
is formed is a ______ change.
P
Q True or False
R
1. The iron gate if not painted gets rusted due
to presence of air and moisture.
(a) P
2. The process of separation of crystals from
(b) Q
a saturated solution on cooling is called
(c) R
evaporation.
(d) P, Q and R will rust equally. U
3. Burning of candle is a chemical change,
Fill in the Blanks while melting of wax is a physical change.
4. When exposed to air a cut brinjal turns
1. When ______ gas is passed through limewater
black at the surface. This is an example of
it turns milky. a chemical change.
2. The process of mixing a non-metal or metal 5. Rusting of iron is a reversible chemical
to a molten metal is known as ______ . change.
3. Physical changes are generally ______ in 6. Crystallisation is an irreversible physical
nature. change.
4. Exposed cut surfaces of fruits and vegetables 7. A physical change can be reversible as well
turn brown due to ______ . as irreversible.
5. Chemical changes are permanent and usually 8. Oxygen gas is evolved when baking soda
______ in nature. and vinegar react.
6. Salt is obtained from sea water by the process 9. Nitrogen gas turns limewater milky.
of ______ . 10. Rusting can be prevented by applying a
7. With the combination of water and oxygen coat of paint or grease.
on iron, a new product ______ is formed. 11. The green colour of copper sulphate turns
8. The chemical formula of rust is ______ . blue when iron nail is added to it.
9. The process of depositing zinc on iron to 12. Salt dissolved in sea water can be obtained
prevent rusting is called ______ . by evaporation.

10. Heat may be evolved or absorbed during a 13. Vinegar is common name for acetic acid.
______ change. 14. Photosynthesis is an irreversible chemical
11. ______ gas is given out when vinegar is change.
added to baking soda. 15. Burning of fuel, cooking of food and digestion
of food are all chemical changes.
12. Copper sulphate solution is ______ in colour
and it turns ______ when an iron nail is added
Match the Following
to it.
In this section, each question has two
13. When magnesium is burnt in air, a new
matching lists. Choices for the correct
substance is formed which is ______ .
combination of elements from List-I and
14. A ______ reactive element displaces ______ List-II are given as options (a), (b), (c)
reactive element from its salt solution. and (d) out of which one is correct.

58 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

1. List-I List-II (Q) Evolution 2. Potassium iodide
(P) Folding of paper 1. Crystallisation of a gas reacting with
(Q) Zinc coating 2. Cut apples lead nitrate
(R) Solid in pure form 3. Can be reversed (R) Formation of a 3. Sulphur dioxide
precipitate  gas reacting
(S) Oxidation 4. Galvanisation
with acidified
(a) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (b) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
potassium
(c) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (d) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3
dichromate
2. List-I List-II solution
(P) Iron nail + 1. Carbon dioxide (S) Change in colour 4. Zinc granules
Copper sulphate reacting
(Q) Vinegar + 2. Calcium carbonate with dilute
Baking soda sulphuric acid
(R) Iron + Moisture + 3. Displacement (a) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (b) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3
(c) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-2 (d) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1
Air reaction
(S) Lime water + 4. Rust Assertion & Reason Type
Carbon dioxide
(a) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (b) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 Directions : In the following questions, a
(c) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (d) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 statement of assertion is followed by a statement
of reason. Mark the correct choice as :
3. List-I List-II (a) If both assertion and reason are true and
(P) Chemical change 1. Evolution of a gas reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
(Q) Physical change 2. Pure solid (b) If both assertion and reason are true but
(R) Crystallisation 3. Change in state reason is not the correct explanation of
(S) Alloying 4. Mixing of molten assertion.
solids (c) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(a) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (b) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 (d) If both assertion and reason are false.
(c) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (d) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 1. Assertion : Rusting can be prevented by
applying a coat of paint on the
4. List-I List-II
surface.
(P) Burning of coal 1. Rusting Reason : Coat of paint cuts off contact
(Q) Painting of a 2. Evaporation of iron with water and air.
surface
2. Assertion : Cutting of paper into very small
(R) Dipping iron in 3. Chemical change
pieces is an irreversible change.
water
Reason : Physical changes are always
(S) Salt from sea water 4. Prevention of reversible.
rusting
3. Assertion : Carbon dioxide is evolved when
(a) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (b) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
vinegar is added to baking soda.
(c) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
Reason : Carbon dioxide turns a solution
5. List-I List-II of limewater milky.
(P) Change in 1. Magnesium 4. Assertion : Freezing of water to ice is a
temperature  reacting physical change.
with dilute Reason : A physical change involves the
sulphuric acid change in state.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 59

 5. Assertion : Burning of a candle is considered 1. Conversion of ice into water on heating or
a physical as well as chemical keeping the ice at room temperature is an
change. example of
Reason : Melting of wax is a physical (a) physical and reversible change
change, melted wax turns into (b) physical and irreversible change
vapours and then burns which (c) chemical and reversible change
is a chemical change. (d) chemical and irreversible change.

6. Assertion : The ash produced by burning 2. When water is heated it is converted

into steam. What makes it a physical and
of magnesium when dissolved
reversible change?
in water, turns red litmus blue.
(a) Water and steam are two different
Reason : On dissolving in water,
compounds and are interconvertible.
magnesium oxide forms (b) Water and steam have same chemical
magnesium hydroxide which composition and on cooling steam can
is acidic in nature. be condensed back to water.
7. Assertion : No new substance is formed (c) Water and steam have same physical
when water is heated to get properties but different chemical
steam. properties.
Reason : Conversion of water into steam (d) Water can be converted to steam but
is a physical change. steam cannot be converted back to water.

8. Assertion : Corrosion of iron is commonly 3. A physical change may involve

known as rusting. (a) change in state (b) change in shape
(c) change in size (d) all of these.
Reason : Corrosion of iron occurs in
presence of water and air. PASSAGE-II : A change in which a new
substance is formed with different properties is
9. Assertion : Following reaction describes
called a chemical change. In a chemical change
the rusting of iron and is a redox heat is either evolved or absorbed. The original
reaction, substances cannot be recovered easily. The
 4Fe + 3O2 → 4Fe3+ + 6O2–. change may be accompanied by evolution of
Reason : The metallic iron is oxidised to light and sound also. Chemical reactions are
Fe3+. examples of chemical change. When a matchstick
10. Assertion : The reaction in which a substance is burnt, it changes forever and it cannot be
is decomposed into two or more lighted again. Hence, we say that matchstick
simple substances is known as has undergone a chemical change.
decomposition reaction. 1. Which of the following is not a chemical
Reason : The decomposition can be carried change?
out by giving energy in the form (a) Cooking of rice and dal
of heat, light, electricity, etc. (b) Burning of coal to give ash
(c) Cutting of wood into very small pieces
Comprehension Type (d) Burning of small pieces of wood

PASSAGE-I : Matter exists in three states – 2. Which of the following statements is not
solid, liquid and gas. Water can exist in all true?
the three states. Water exists as ice in solid (a) Adding sugar in milk is a physical
change.
state while as steam in vapour state. No new
(b) Ice and steam are two different substances.
substance is formed when water, steam and
(c) Rusting of iron is a chemical reaction.
ice are interconverted.
Heat Heat
(d) C h e m i c a l c h a n g e s a r e g e n e r a l l y
Ice Water Steam irreversible.

60 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

3. Which of the following is involved in a chemical 4. Can rusting take place in dry air?
change? 5. What type of a change is digestion of food?
(a) Change in colour
(b) Evolution of a gas 6. Name one alloy of iron which does not get
(c) Absorption or release of heat rusted.
(d) All of the above 7. Burning of magnesium wire is which type
PASSAGE-III : Substances made up of iron if left of a change?
open in air develop a reddish-brown layer. With 8. What is the name given to the reaction in
time the layers fall off in the form of powder and which blue colour of copper sulphate turns
fresh iron is exposed and ultimately complete iron green when iron is added to it?
is eaten away. This process is known as rusting
of iron. It takes place only in the presence of air 9. What is chemical reaction?
and moisture. If any one of these conditions is 10. Name the change in which no new substance
absent, the rusting can be prevented. Rusting is is formed.
an example of a chemical change since a new
11. Name the process through which solid
product, rust is formed.
crystals of pure substances are obtained
1. Why is rusting an irreversible chemical from their saturated solutions.
change?
(a) The original iron cannot be obtained 12. Name the change in which a new substance
from rust. is formed.
(b) A new substance called rust (iron oxide) 13. Is crystallisation an irreversible reaction?
is formed from iron.
14. Give an example in which both physical
(c) Both (a) and (b).
and chemical changes are taking place.
(d) None of the above.
2. The conditions necessary for rusting are 15. Write the composition of the alloy called
(a) carbon dioxide, oxygen and hydrogen bronze.
(b) oxygen and water
(c) carbon dioxide and water Short Answer Type
(d) hydrogen and water. 1. (a) Define an irreversible physical change.
3. Rusting can be prevented by (b) What happens when a saturated solution
(a) removing brown layer of rust from the is left for cooling?
surface of iron 2. What is evaporation? How is evaporation
(b) cutting the contact of iron from air and useful in getting salt from sea water?
water
(c) keeping iron covered with paper 3. Which type of changes is represented by
(d) keeping on pouring water on the surface the following examples?
of iron. (i) When an iron piece is left in a moist
atmosphere, a brown layer of rust is
Subjective Problems formed on it.
(ii) Carbon dioxide is evolved when vinegar
Very Short Answer Type is added to sodium bicarbonate.

1. What is the process of depositing a layer 4. (a) Give an example to justify the statement
of zinc on iron called? that physical changes can be reversible
as well as irreversible.
2. Why does stainless steel not rust? (b) Write the equation of the reaction taking
3. Which gas turns limewater milky? place between baking soda and vinegar.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 61

 5. (a) Give an example of a chemical change 5. With an activity explain burning of
in which a change of colour takes place. magnesium in air. What is the compound
(b) Why do cut vegetables and fruits turn formed after burning of magnesium? What
brown when exposed to air? happens when this compound is dissolved
in water?
6. Define combustion. What type of change
is it? Demonstrate with an activity. Integer/Numerical Value Type
7. Define chemical equation. Write the steps for
1. Out of the following, the number of properties
balancing it. Explain by giving an example.
which change during a physical change is
8. What type of chemical reactions take place .
when Shape, size, state, chemical composition.
(a) a magnesium wire is burn in air
2. Among the following, the total number of
(b) limestone is heated
methods that can be used to prevent rusting
(c) silver bromide is exposed to sunlight
is .
(d) zinc strip is dipped into a copper sulphate Dipping in water, painting the surface,
solution. greasing the surface, galvanisation, alloying,
9. Which gas is evolved when dil. hydrochloric heating the iron.
acid is added to calcium carbonate? How 3. Number of states shown by water is
will you test the gas? Write the chemical .
equations involved.
4. Among the following, the total number of
10. (a) Give two examples of chemical changes chemical changes is .
that are harmful. Melting of ice, crushing of paper, rusting
(b) Explain why you consider them harmful. of iron, burning of magnesium, ironing of
(c) How can you prevent them? clothes, cooking of rice, burning of LPG,
photosynthᵉsis, digestion of food.
Long Answer Type
5. Number of changes from the given list
1. With a diagram explain what happens when cannot be reversed are .
an iron nail is exposed to (i) Breaking of an earthen pitcher
(i) dry air (ii) only moisture (ii) Freezing of ice-cream
(iii) both moisture and air. (iii) Falling of trees during storm
(iv) Filling of bucket with water
2. (a) What is crystallisation? How will you
(v) Rusting of a bicycle
obtain crystals of alum from an impure
(vi) Digestion of food
sample?
(b) What is a displacement reaction? Why is
Case Based Questions
it a chemical reaction? Explain with an
example. Case I : Properties such as shape, size, colour
and state of a substance are called its physical
3. State five differences between a physical properties. A change in which a substance
and a chemical change. undergoes a change in its physical properties is
4. Define the following chemical reactions called a physical change. In a physical change,
and give an example of each. no new substance is formed.
(a) Exothermic reaction 1. Ripening of fruit is a
(b) Oxidation reaction (a) slow and desirable change
(c) Combination reaction (b) undesirable and fast change
(d) Reduction reaction (c) slow and undesirable change
(e) Decomposition reaction (d) fast and desirable change.

62 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

2. Which of the following is a physical change? Case III : In a chemical reaction, new products
(a) Rusting of iron are formed. Burning of coal or burning of any
(b) Dissolving common salt in water substance is a chemical change. Burning is
(c) Growing of tree always accompanied by production of heat.
(d) Ripening of fruit Digestion and photosynthesis are also chemical
changes.
3. Which of the following is reversible change?
(a) Rusting of iron nail (b) 1. When magnesium is burnt, heat and light
are produced. The burning of magnesium
Boiling of water
is a
(c) Cutting of wood (d) Growing of kid
(a) reversible change
4. The reason for a physical change to be (b) physical change
named as such because (c) chemical and exothermic change
(a) change occurs only in physical properties (d) chemical and endothermic change.
(b) transfer of energy takes place 2. In which of the following situations chemical
(c) it is a reversible change reaction does not occur?
(d) all of these. (a) Common salt is exposed to air.
Case II : A change in which one or more new (b) Coal is burnt in air.
substances are formed is called a chemical (c) Sodium is placed in water.
change. We observe various kinds of chemical (d) Iron is kept in moist air.
changes in our dialy life. In a chemical change,
heat, light or any other radiation may be given 3. What happens to lime water when CO2 gas
is passed through it?
off. Sound, smell, colour change may occur in a
(a) It turns blue.
chemical change.
(b) It turns green.
1. Which of the following is a chemical change? (c) It turns milky.
(a) Melting of ice (b) Boiling of water (d) Milkiness disappears.
(c) Growing of plant (d) Freezing of water
4. Choose the correct option.
2. Which of the following statements is correct? (a) Cutting a log of wood into pieces is a
(a) When coal is burnt, no new substance chemical change.
is produced. (b) Condensation of vapours is not a chemical
(b) Rust is not formed in the absence of air change.
or oxygen. (c) Formation of manure from leaves is a
(c) The fizz that comes out when a soda physical change.
bottle is opened is due to a chemical (d) Iron pipes coated with zinc get easily
change. rusted.
(d) Respiration is a physical process. Case IV : When iron is left outside open, it
acquires a film of brownish substance. This
3. Change of milk to curd is a substance is called rust and this process is called
(a) physical change (b) chemical change rusting. Rusting is a chemical change. This is
(c) both physical and chemical change one change that affects iron articles and slowly
(d) neither physical nor chemical change. destroys them.
4. Chemical change that is accompanied by 1. Rusting of iron is a slow change and burning
evolution of heat energy is of petrol is a
(a) physical chemical change (a) physical change
(b) exothermic chemical change (b) momentary change
(c) endothermic chemical change (c) fast change
(d) none of these. (d) slow change.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes 63

 2. Rusting of iron requires first impure substance is dissolved in a selective
(a) air and sunlight (b) water and soil liquid by heating and kept undisturbed for
(c) only air (d) moisture and air. sometime, then pure crystals are formed.
3. Which of the given methods is used to 1. The process of obtaining salt by the
prevent rusting? evaporation of sea water is called
(a) Painting (b) Greasing (a) crystallisation (b) neutralisation
(c) Galvanisation (d) All of these (c) galvanisation (d) amalgamation.
4. Stainless steel is an alloy and it does not 2. Crystals of copper sulphate are prepared
rust. Stainless steel is a mixture of by the method of
(a) iron and carbon only (a) fractional distillation
(b) carbon and nickel only (b) crystallisation
(c) iron, carbon, chromium, nickel and (c) distillation
manganese (d) solidification.
(d) carbon, magnesium and nickel. 3. Which of the following statements is correct
5. Galvanisation is a process of depositing a about crystallisation?
layer of which metal over iron sheets? (a) The solution used for crystallisation
(a) Copper (b) Zinc should be unsaturated.
(c) Manganese (d) Lead (b) Impure crystals are formed.
Case V : Large crystals of pure substances are (c) The solution used for crystallisation
formed by the process called crystallisation. It is should be saturated.
an example of physical change. For crystallisation, (d) It is chemical change.

ANSWER KEY
Multiple Choice Questions Comprehension Type
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (d) Passage I
6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (a) 1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a) Passage II
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (a) 1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (c) Passage III
26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (a) 1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (b)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (b) Integer/Numerical Value Type
36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (d) 1. (3) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (6) 5. (4)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (c)
Case Based Questions
46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49. (d) 50. (c)
Case I
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (c)
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (a)
56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (a) Case II
61. (c) 62. (d) 63. (d) 64. (d) 65. (c) 1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b)
Match the Following Case III
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b)
Case IV
Assertion & Reason Type 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b)
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) Case V
6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b) 1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c)

64 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

 02
Physical and
Chemical Changes
8. A saturated solution of copper sulphate is
prepared by dissolving in water and heating
it. A small amount of dilute sulphuric acid is
1. (a) Chemical (b) Physical added in it to prevent hydrolysis of the solution.
(c) Chemical (d) Physical Saturated solution is filtered and the filtrate is
(e) Physical (f) Chemical kept undisturbed for some time. On cooling
2. (a) False – Cutting a log of wood into pieces crystals of copper sulphate are separated from
the solution.
is a physical change.
(b) False – Formation of manure from leaves 9. When an iron surface is painted, iron does
is a chemical change. not come in contact with air or moisture. Paint
(c) True acts as a protective layer and prevents exposure
of iron to the atmosphere. Since air and water are
(d) False – Rust is iron oxide (hydrated).
necessary for rusting, iron does not get rusted
(e) True – Condensation of steam is a physical if painted.
change.
10. Percentage of moisture is high in coastal
3. (a) calcium carbonate areas hence iron objects get both water and air
(b) sodium bicarbonate for rusting. In deserts the air is dry and there
(c) painting, oiling is no water or moisture in the air hence rusting
(d) physical does not take place as fast as in coastal areas.
(e) chemical 11. (ii) : Process - A is a physical change while
4. It is a chemical change. When baking soda process - B is a chemical change.
is mixed with lemon juice, a gas carbon dioxide 12. (iii) : Making of biogas and burning of
comes out. biogas both are chemical changes.
5. When a candle burns, first it melts which is
a physical change. When the liquid is converted Multiple Choice Questions
into vapours and mixed with air during burning, 1. (d) : Ripening of a fruit is a chemical change.
a chemical change takes place. Another example
of a change in which both physical and chemical 2. (b) : Carbon dioxide is produced when
vinegar reacts with baking soda.
changes occur is burning of LPG gas. Liquefied
petroleum gas is filled in the cylinder in the form 3. (a) : Rusting of iron is an irreversible chemical
of a liquid. When these liquids come out of the change.
cylinder in the form of vapours, physical change 4. (c) : Galvanisation is a process in which iron
takes place. When these vapours are mixed with is coated with a layer of zinc.
air and burn, chemical change takes place. 5. (d) : Burning of a cloth is a chemical change.
6. When milk is set to curd, the properties of 6. (d) : Painting, alloying and galvanisation
milk are completely changed and a new product are the methods used to prevent rusting.
is formed. Curd cannot be converted back to 7. (a) : When an iron nail is dipped in copper
milk, hence it is a chemical change. sulphate solution, iron displaces copper from
7. Burning of wood is a chemical change while copper sulphate solution to form iron sulphate
cutting it into small pieces is a physical change. which is green in colour.

C10 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

8. (d) : Magnesium burns in air with dazzling 25. (c) : There will be no change in the stone in any
white flame to give magnesium oxide. form hence it is neither physical nor a chemical change.
9. (d) : The change in which the substance can come 26. (a) : In a physical change specific property
back to its original form is called reversible change. of matter like state can change but there is no
10. (a) : Hydrogen gas burns with a pop sound. change in chemical composition.
11. (b) : When carbon dioxide reacts with 27. (b) : Evaporation of salt solution to get salt
limewater, a new substance calcium carbonate is a physical change since no new substance is
formed.
is formed. Hence, it is a chemical change.
28. (c) : Rusting is a chemical and irreversible
12. (c) : Physical changes are not always
change.
reversible, e.g., a piece of paper cut into very
small pieces or a wood log cut into small pieces 29. (b) : The exposed layer of vegetables reacts
is not reversible. with oxygen present in the atmosphere and gets
oxidised as a result of which it turns brown.
13. (b) : When a substance is dissolved in water,
it is a physical change. 30. (a) : Magnesium ribbon burns in oxygen to
give magnesium oxide.
14. (c) : The given reaction is an example of Magnesium + Oxygen → Magnesium oxide
displacement reaction.
31. (b) : In a displacement reaction, a more
15. (a) : Crystallisation is the process in which a reactive element displaces a less reactive element
substance is dissolved in a solvent to get crystals from its salt solution.
of pure substance.
32. (a) : Ice Heat Water Heat Steam
16. (b) : When the ash formed by burning of (Solid) (Liquid) (Gas)
magnesium is dissolved in water magnesium All three are different states of water there is
hydroxide is formed. no change in the chemical structure.
Heat
Magnesium + Oxygen Magnesium oxide 33. (c) : During a chemical change, a new
(Ash) substance is formed.
Magnesium oxide + Water →
 Magnesium hydroxide 34. (d) : Rusting and burning are irreversible
changes. Physical changes are not always
17. (c) : A cut piece of apple turns brown in irreversible and carbon dioxide turns limewater
air due to oxidation hence it is an example of a milky.
chemical change.
35. (b) : Cutting of wood to make furniture is a
18. (d) : Crystallisation and melting of ice-cream physical change since there is no change in the
is a physical change since no new substance is composition of wood.
formed.
36. (b) : For crystallisation to take place, a
19. (d) : Salt can be obtained from sea water by solution must be supersaturated.
evaporation and crystallisation.
37. (b) : CuSO4 + Fe → FeSO4 + Cu
20. (a) : When magnesium oxide is dissolved in (Blue (Iron (Green (Brown-red
water, magnesium hydroxide is formed which solution) nail) solution) deposition)
is a basic solution. It turns red litmus blue. 38. (b) : Salt solution on evaporation leaves
21. (b) : When curd is mixed with milk, milk behind salt while water is evaporated.
changes into curd. 39. (a) : When an iron spade is left in the moist
22. (b) : It is a chemical change because a new atmosphere it reacts with oxygen and water to
substance is formed and the change is irreversible. form a brown powder of iron oxide called rust.
23. (c) : Burning of magnesium in air is a 40. (d) : When carbon dioxide is passed through
chemical change. limewater, it turns milky due to formation of
white precipitate of calcium carbonate.
24. (a) : Rust is hydrated oxide of iron formed
by reaction of iron with air in presence of water. 41. (b) : The other three are examples of
Ice is formed by a physical change of freezing endothermic reactions.
water. 42. (a)

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes C11

 43. (b) : Growth of a plant is a chemical, Ca(OH)2(s)
Heating
CaO(s) + H2O(g)
irreversible change; cutting of a tree is a physical,  ⇒ Decomposition reaction
irreversible change; burning of cooking gas is Cu(NO3)2(aq) + Na2S(aq) → 2NaNO3(aq)+ CuS(s)↓
a chemical and physical change; melting of ice  ⇒ Precipitation reaction
is a physical, reversible change. H2SO3(aq) + 2KOH(aq) → K2SO3(aq) + 2H2O(l)
44. (b) : Browning of sliced brinjal : Chemical,  ⇒ Neutralization reaction
irreversible change; Baking of cake : Chemical, 56. (c) : Depositing a layer of zinc on iron is
irreversible change. called galvanisation. Stainless steel does not
45. (c) : Ammonium chloride forms white rust.
vapours on heating which get deposited on the 57. (a) : A, F are irreversible physical changes; B,
upper cooler part of test tube. D , E are chemical changes and C is a reversible
46. (c) : Production of biogas from animal waste physical change.
is a chemical change. 58. (b) : Figure 1 : MgO + H2O → Mg(OH)2
(P) (Q)
47. (b) : Iron and rust are chemically different
Figure 2 : Fe + CuSO4(aq) → FeSO4(aq) + Cu
and zinc coated iron pipes do not rust. (Y) (Blue solution) (Green solution) (X)
48. (a) : 2AgBr(s) Sunlight
2Ag(s) + Br2(g) 59. (c) : Fe + CuSO4(aq) → FeSO4(aq) + Cu
Silver Silver Bromine (Blue) (Green)
bromide Ag + CuSO4 → No reaction
49. (d) : The food that we eat is broken down (Blue)
into simpler substances like glucose on digestion. Au + CuSO4 → No reaction
The air we breathe in during respiration oxidises (Blue)
glucose into CO2 and water with release of heat. 60. (a) : New substance (salt) is formed in the
As energy is released, the reaction is exothermic. reaction.
50. (c) : CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq) + Heat 61. (c) : 1 - Breaking of a glass (Physical,
Quick lime Water Slaked lime irreversible change)
51. (c) : (ii), (iii), (iv) are physical changes while 2 - Baking a cake (Chemical, irreversible change)
3 - Burning of LPG in kitchen (Chemical and
(i), (v) are chemical changes.
physical change)
52. (c) : When zinc reacts with dilute sulphuric
62. (d) : Blue coloured salt, CuSO 4 .5H 2 O on
acid, hydrogen gas is given off. When the heating undergoes chemical change, loses water
burning matchstick is brought near the test tube of crystallisation and forms the white coloured
containing hydrogen gas, hydrogen burns with salt (CuSO4) and water droplets.
a pop sound.
Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H2(g) 63. (d) : P-(ii) : MgO + H2O Mg(OH)2
(X) Magnesium Water Magnesium
oxide hydroxide
This is a displacement reaction in which Zn
displaces hydrogen from the acid. Q-(iv): Fe + CuSO 4 FeSO4 + Cu
Iron Copper Ferrous Copper
Oxidised sulphate sulphate (Brown)

R-(viii) : CO2 + Ca(OH) 2 CaCO 3 + H 2O

53. (c) : Mg(s) + CuO(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s) Carbon Lime Calcium Water
dioxide water carbonate
Reduced S-(vi) : UV radiations
O3 O2 + [O ]
Both oxidation and reduction reactions are taking Ozone Oxygen
place simultaneously, so it is a redox reaction.
Magnesium being the more reactive element 64. (d) : Copper sulphate (CuSO 4) is blue in
colour whereas iron sulphate (FeSO4) is green
than copper, displaces copper from its oxide.
in colour.
54. (c) : Electrolysis of water is a decomposition Iron (Fe) reacts with copper sulphate (CuSO4),
reaction. forming iron sulphate (FeSO4) and copper (Cu).
55. (c) : Zn(s) + 2AgNO3(aq) → Zn(NO3)2(aq) + 2Ag(s) Fe + CuSO4 FeSO4 + Cu
Iron Blue Green Brown
⇒ Displacement, Redox reaction (q ) solution solution (s )

C12 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

This is a chemical change which is irreversible Pb(NO3)2(aq) + 2KI(aq) → PbI2(s)↓ + 2KNO3
in nature, i.e., r is chemical, irreversible change. (Yellow ppt.)
Crystals of copper sulphate are obtained by the K2Cr2O7(aq) + H2SO4(aq) + SO2(g) → Cr2(SO4)3(aq)
process of crystallisation. Thus, process (p) is  + K2SO4(aq) + 3H2O(l)
crystallisation.
65. (c) : Portion R is in direct contact with salty
Assertion & Reason Type
water which enhances the process of rusting. 1. (a) : Rusting can be prevented by cutting
contact of iron with water and air.
Fill in the Blanks 2. (c) : Physical changes are not always
1.  Carbon dioxide 2. Alloying reversible.
3.  Reversible 4. Oxidation 3. (b)
5.  Irreversible 6. Evaporation 4. (a) : In freezing only physical state of water
changes from liquid to solid.
7.  Rust 8. Fe2O3·xH2O
5. (a) : Burning of candle involves physical
9.  Galvanisation 10. Chemical change when the wax melts and chemical change
11. Carbon dioxide 12. Blue, green when it burns.
13. Magnesium oxide 14. More, less 6. (c) : Magnesium hydroxide formed by
dissolving magnesium oxide in water is basic
15. Physical in nature hence turns red litmus blue.
True or False 7. (a) : Change of state is a physical change.
8. (b)
1. True
9. (a) : Fe is oxidised to Fe 3+ and acts as a
2.  False : The process of separation of crystals reducing agent.
from a saturated solution on cooling is called
10. (b)
crystallisation.
3. True 4. True Comprehension Type
5. F alse : Rusting of iron is an irreversible PASSAGE-I
chemical change. 1. (a) : Change in state takes place with change
6. False : Crystallisation is a reversible physical in temperature.
change. 2. (b) : Steam is chemically water only. On
7. True heating water is converted to steam while on
cooling steam is converted to water.
8. F alse : Carbon dioxide is evolved when
baking soda and vinegar react. 3. (d) : A physical change may involve change
in state, shape or size.
9. F alse : Carbon dioxide turns limewater
milky. PASSAGE-II
1. (c) : Cutting of wood into small pieces is
10. True a physical change since there is no change in
11. False : The blue colour of copper sulphate chemical composition of wood.
turns green when iron nail is added to it. 2. (b) : Ice and steam are different forms of
12. True 13. True water.
14. True 15. True 3. (d) : A chemical change involves change in colour,
evolution of a gas, absorption or release of heat.
Match the Following PASSAGE-III
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 1. (c) : Rusting is a chemical and irreversible
change because a new substance iron oxide or
5. (b) : Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g) + Heat rust is formed from which we cannot obtain
Mg(s) + H2SO4(aq) → MgSO4(aq) + H2(g) + Heat original iron.

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes C13

 2. (b) : Oxygen and water are two conditions 4. (a) When water is frozen into ice, it is a
necessary for rusting. physical change. It is reversible since ice can
3. (b) : Rusting can be prevented by cutting be converted to water again. When a piece of
the contact of iron from air and water. wood is cut into very small pieces, it is a physical
change. It is irreversible since small pieces of
Subjective Problems wood cannot be converted back into the bigger
piece of wood. It shows that physical changes
Very Short Answer Type can be reversible as well as irreversible.
(b) NaHCO3 + CH3COOH → CH3COONa +
1. Galvanisation Baking soda Vinegar Sodium acetate
2.  Stainless steel is made up mainly of iron H2O + CO2
 Water Carbon dioxide
but being an alloy, it has lost the ability to rust.
3.  Carbon dioxide gas turns limewater milky 5.  (a) When an iron nail is placed in copper
due to formation of white precipitate of calcium sulphate solution, the blue colour of copper
carbonate. sulphate is changed to green ferrous sulphate
and iron nail becomes brown due to deposition
4.  No, rusting requires both air and water to take of copper.
place. (b) When cut vegetables and fruits are exposed
5.  Digestion of food is a chemical change. to air, they turn brown due to oxidation.
6.  Stainless steel is an alloy of iron made by 6.  Burning of a substance in the presence of
mixing iron with nickel, chromium and carbon. oxygen is called combustion. It is a chemical
7.  Burning of magnesium wire is a chemical change. Take a small piece of magnesium ribbon.
change. Hold it with a pair of tongs and heat it on the
burner. The magnesium ribbon burns with a
8.  Displacement reaction dazzling white flame. It forms a powdery ash
9.  A change in which one or more new when it is burnt completely. A new substance is
substances are formed is called a chemical formed after burning magnesium. This powdery
reaction. ash is known as magnesium oxide.
10.  Physical change 2Mg + O2 → 2MgO
Magnesium Oxygen Magnesium
11.  Crystallisation oxide
Thus, burning of magnesium in air is a chemical
12.  Chemical change
change due to formation of a new substance,
13.  No, crystallisation is a reversible reaction. magnesium oxide.
14.  Burning of candle involves both physical 7.  A chemical equation is the representation
and chemical changes. of a chemical reaction through symbols and
15.  Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin. chemical formulae in which number of atoms
of each element on the reactant side is equal to
Short Answer Type that on the product side.
1.  (a) A physical change in which there is no Steps for balancing the chemical equation :
change in chemical composition of a substance (i) Write down the symbols and formulae of
but the original substance cannot be formed is the reactants on the left hand side and those of
a physical irreversible change. the products on the right hand side of an arrow.
(b) When a supersaturated solution is left for (ii) Count the atoms of each kind on both sides
cooling, crystals of pure substance are separated. of the arrow.
The process is known as crystallisation. (iii) Make the number of atoms of each kind,
equal on both sides by using proper coefficients.
2.  Evaporation is the process of conversion For example,
of a liquid into vapours. When sea water is
CH4 + O2 Heat CO2 + H2O (Unbalanced equation)
evaporated, water is converted into vapours and
salt is left behind. C=1 C=1
H=4 H=2
3.  (i) Chemical change (ii) Chemical change O=2 O=3

C14 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

CH4 + 2O2 Heat
CO2 + 2H2O (Balanced equation) prepare crystals of alum prepare a supersaturated
C=1 C=1 solution of alum in water by heating it. Filter
H = 4 H=4 the hot solution and let it stand for some time.
O=4 O=4 Pure crystals of alum separate out.
8.  (a) Combination (b) Decomposition (b) Displacement reaction is the reaction in
(c) Decomposition (d) Displacement which a more reactive metal displaces a less
reactive metal from its salt solution, e.g., when
9.  W hen dil. hydrochloric acid is added to
iron is placed in copper sulphate solution, iron
calcium carbonate, carbon dioxide gas is evolved. displaces copper from the solution. It is a chemical
When carbon dioxide gas is passed through a reaction since new substance is formed during
test tube containing lime water, it forms a white the reaction.
solid substance called calcium carbonate. This Iron + Copper sulphate → Iron sulphate +
turns the solution milky. Copper
CaCO3 + 2HCl(dil.) → CaCl2 + H2O + CO2
Calcium Hydrochloric Calcium Water Carbon 3. Physical change Chemical change
carbonate acid chloride dioxide (i) No new substance New substance is
Ca(OH)2 + CO2 → CaCO3 + H2O is formed. formed.
Lime water Carbon dioxide Calcium carbonate Water
(ii) Change in shape, Change in colour or
10. (a) (i) Spoiling of food (ii) Rusting of iron size or state takes chemical composition
(b) (i) Spoiled food when taken cause food place. takes place.
poisoning.
(ii) Rusting of iron results in heavy economic (iii) No evolution of Accompanied by the
loss. heat, gas or smell. evolution of heat,
(c) (i) Spoiling of food can be prevented by gas or smell.
keeping it under low temperature. (iv) Temporary Permanent change
(ii) Rusting of iron can be prevented by oiling, change
painting and polishing. (v) It is easily It is usually
reversible. irreversible.
Long Answer Type
4.  (a) Exothermic reactions : Reactions which
1.  When an iron nail is exposed to dry air,
are accompanied by rise in temperature are those
moisture and air or only moisture, it is observed in which heat is evolved such reactions are called
that rusting takes place when air and moisture exothermic reactions.
both are present. In other two cases, rusting e.g., C + O2 → CO2 + Heat
does not take place. Take three test tubes and Carbon Oxygen Carbon
set up the experiment as shown in the figure. dioxide

Cotton (b) Oxidation reaction : Oxidation reaction

wool involves addition of oxygen or removal of
Oil hydrogen from a substance, e.g., when carbon
Water reacts with oxygen to form carbon dioxide, it is
Water Nail Nail Nail said to be oxidised by gaining oxygen.
(A) (B) (C) C + O2 → CO2↑
In test tube (A), boiled water is taken and the Carbon Oxygen Carbon dioxide
surface is covered with oil so air is not available When hydrogen sulphide reacts with chlorine,
to the nail. hydrogen sulphide is said to be oxidised to
In test tube (B), air is dried by a piece of calcium sulphur by loss of hydrogen.
chloride and it is covered with cotton wool. No H2S + Cl2 → S + 2HCl
moisture is available to the nail. Hydrogen Chlorine Sulphur Hydrogen
sulphide chloride
In test tube (C) both air and water are available (c) Combination reaction : In a combination
to the nail. or synthesis reaction, two or more reactants
Rusting takes place only in (C) and not in (A) combine to form a product, e.g., nitrogen reacts
or (B). with hydrogen to form ammonia.
2.  (a) Crystallisation is the process of separating N2 + 3H2 → 2NH3↑
pure crystals from a supersaturated solution. To Nitrogen Hydrogen Ammonia

Chemistry | Class 7 Physical and Chemical Changes C15

 (d) Reduction reaction : Reduction reaction rusting of a bicycle and digestion of food are
involves addition of hydrogen or removal of irreversible changes.
oxygen from a substance, e.g., when hydrogen
is passed over heated black copper oxide, the Case Based Questions
latter changes to reddish-brown copper metal. Case I
Here, copper oxide is said to be reduced to
1. (a) : Ripening of fruit is a slow, desirable
copper by loss of oxygen.
and chemical change.
H2 + CuO → Cu + H2O
Hydrogen Copper oxide Copper Water 2. (b) : Dissolving common salt in water is
Chlorine reacts with hydrogen in the presence a physical change while others are chemical
of diffused light to form hydrogen chloride. changes.
Chlorine is said to be reduced to hydrogen 3. (b) : Boiling of water can be reversed by
chloride by gain of hydrogen. condensation process.
Cl2 + H2 → 2HCl 4. (a)
Chlorine Hydrogen Hydrogen chloride
Case II
(e) Decomposition reaction : In a decomposition
reaction, single reactant breaks down into two 1. (c) : Growing of plant is a chemical change.
or more simpler products, e.g., when calcium 2. (b) : Rust is not formed in the absence of
hydroxide is heated, calcium oxide and steam air and oxygen. Both air and water are required
are produced. for rusting.
Ca(OH)2 Heat CaO + H2O 3. (b)
Calcium Calcium Water
carbonate oxide (Steam) 4. (b) : When heat is released during the
5.  Take a clean ribbon of magnesium and hold it in chemical reaction is known as exothermic
a pair of tongs. On burning, it burns with dazzling chemical change.
white flame and converts into Case III
a white powder of magnesium 1. (c) : It is a chemical and exothermic change.
oxide. When magnesium Magnesium
oxide is dissolved in water, ribbon 2. (a) : When common salt is exposed to air,
magnesium hydroxide is no chemical reaction takes place.
Solution

Magnesium
formed. oxide 3. (c) : CO2 + Ca(OH)2 CaCO3↓
Mg + O2 → MgO Lime White ppt.
Magnesium Oxygen Magnesium water (Milky)
oxide 4. (b) : Condensation of vapours is a physical
MgO + H2O → Mg(OH)2 change, not chemical change.
Magnesium Water Magnesium
oxide hydroxide Case IV
1. (c) : Burning of petrol is a fast change.
Integer/Numerical Value Type
2. (d) : Rusting of iron takes place in the
1. (3) : Properties such as shape, size and state presence of air and moisture.
change during a physical change.
3. (d)
2. (4) : Four methods namely painting the
4. (c) : Stainless steel is made by mixing iron
surface, greasing the surface, galvanisation and with carbon and metals like chromium, nickel
alloying prevent rusting. and manganese.
3. (3) : Water can exist in three states : solid, 5. (b)
liquid and gas.
Case V
4. (6) : Six changes namely rusting of iron,
burning of magnesium, cooking of rice, burning 1. (a) : The process of obtaining salt by the
of LPG, photosynthesis and digestion of food evaporation of sea water is called crystallisation.
are chemical changes. 2. (b)
5. (4) : Four changes namely breaking of an 3. (c) : S o l u t i o n m u s t b e s a t u r a t e d f o r
earthen pitcher, falling of trees during storm, crystallisation.

C16 Physical and Chemical Changes Class 7 | Chemistry

MATHEMATICS
 06
Cubes and Cube Roots
 Cube of a Number  Cube Roots
 Perfect Cube  Finding the Cube Roots using Unit Digit
Learning Method (For perfect cube numbers)
 Cubes and their Prime Factors
Outcomes...  Finding the Cube Roots by Prime Factorisation
 Smallest Multiple that is a Perfect Cube Method
 Properties of Cubes of Numbers  Cube Root of a Rational Number

Cube of a Number
When a number is multiplied three times by itself, we say that the number has been cubed and the
product is called cube of that number or the number raised to the power of 3.
For example : 1 is a number and cube of 1 = 1 × 1 × 1 = 13
2 is a number and cube of 2 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 23
In general x is a number and cube of x = x × x × x = x3
The following table gives the cubes of numbers from 1 to 10.
Number Cube
1 13 = 1 ×1 ×1 = 1
2 23 = 2 ×2 ×2 = 8
3 33 = 3 ×3 ×3 = 27
4 43 = 4 ×4 ×4 = 64
5 53 = 5 ×5 ×5 = 125
6 63 = 6 ×6 ×6 = 216
7 73 = 7 ×7 ×7 = 343
8 83 = 8 ×8 ×8 = 512
9 93 = 9 ×9 ×9 = 729
3
10 10 = 10 ×10 ×10 = 1000
Perfect Cube
A number x is said to be a perfect cube if there is an integer y such that x = y × y × y = y3.
For example : 216 is a perfect cube as there is an integer 6 such that 216 = 6 × 6 × 6 = 63

Cubes and their Prime Factors

Each prime factor appears three or multiple of three times in a perfect cube.
Example : Observe the following table :
Number Prime Factorisation Prime factorisation of its cube
2 2 23 = 8 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 23
3 3 33 = 27 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 33
4 2×2 4 = 64 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 23 × 23
3

6 2×3 63 = 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 23 × 33
9 3×3 93 = 729 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 33 × 33
15 3×5 153 = 3375 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 33 × 53

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 103

 ILLUSTRATIONS
Making triplets, we find that one triplet is formed
1 Is 189 a perfect cube or not? and we are left with one more factor.
Thus, 189 cannot be expressed as a product of
Soln.: Resolving 189 into prime factors,
triplets.
we get
Hence, 189 is not a perfect cube.
189 = 3 ×3 ×3 ×7

Smallest Multiple that is a Perfect Cube

To find the smallest number by which a number must be multiplied so that product is a perfect cube
and the smallest number by which a number must be divided so that the quotient is a perfect cube.

ILLUSTRATIONS smallest number by which it must be divided so

that the quotient is a perfect cube.
2 Is 1296 a perfect cube or not ? If not, find the Soln.: 1512 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 7
smallest natural number by which 1296 must be Here the prime factor 7 does not occur in a group
divided so that the quotient is a perfect cube.
of three. Hence, 1512 is not a perfect cube. Further,
Soln.: 1296 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
=2×2×2×3×3×3×2×3 7 appears only once. If we multiply the number by
Thus, 1296 is not a perfect cube. 7 × 7, then in the product, 7 will also appear in a
The prime factor 6 does not appear group of three and the product will be a perfect
in the group of three. Since 2 × 3 cube. Thus, the smallest number by which the
appears only one time, if we divide
given number should be multiplied is 7 × 7 i.e., 49.
the number by 6, then we will get a
perfect cube. Finally, if we divide the given number 1512 by 7,
So, 1296 ÷ 6 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 the resulting number will have prime factors in a
Hence the smallest number by which 1296 should group of three. In fact,
be divided to make it perfect cube is 6.
1512 ÷ 7 = 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3. Hence, the
3 Examine if 1512 is a perfect cube. If not, find the smallest number by which the given number
smallest number by which it must be multiplied so should be divided so that quotient is a perfect cube
that the product is a perfect cube. Also find the
is 7.

Properties of Cubes of Numbers

1. Cubes of all even numbers are even.
2. Cubes of all odd numbers are odd. COMPETITION WINDOW
3. Cube of a negative number is always negative.
 The sum of the cubes of first n natural
Cubes of the Digits 1 to 9. numbers is equal to the square of their sum.
i.e., 13 + 23 + ..... + n3 = (1 + 2 + ... + n)2
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2
3
 n(n +1) 
=
x 1 8 27 64 125 216 343 512 729  2 

From the table we observe that cubes of the digits 1, 4, 5, 6 and 9 are numbers ending in the same digits
1, 4, 5, 6 and 9 respectively. However 2 and 8 make a pair in the sense that the cube of 2 ends in 8 and
the cube of 8 ends in 2. Numbers 3 and 7 also make a pair in the same way.

104 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 ILLUSTRATIONS (i) 21 (ii) 35 (iii) 69 (iv) 22
(v) 98 (vi) 83 (vii) 27
4 Find the cube of (i) 2 (ii) 4 (iii) 6 (iv) 12. Soln.: (i) 21; Unit digit of 21 is 1.
Soln.: (i) Cube of 2 : ∴ The digit in the unit place for its cube is also 1.
(2)3 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 (Even) 3
(21) = 21 × 21 × 21 = 9261
(ii) Cube of 4 :
(4)3 = 4 × 4 × 4 = 64 (Even) (ii) 35; Unit digit of 35 is 5.
(iii) Cube of 6 : ∴ The digit in the unit place for its cube is also 5.
(6)3 = 6 × 6 × 6 = 216 (Even) 3
(35) = 35 × 35 × 35 = 42875.
(iv) Cube of 12 :
(12)3 = 12 × 12 × 12 = 1728 (Even) (iii) 69; Unit digit of 69 is 9.
∴ The digit in the unit place for its cube is also 9.
5 Find the cube of (i) 3 (ii) 9 (iii) 13.
3
Soln.: (i) Cube of 3 : (69) = 69 × 69 × 69 = 328509
(3)3 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 (odd) (iv) 22; Unit digit of 22 is 2.
(ii) Cube of 9 : ∴ The digit in the unit place for its cube is 8.
3
(9)3 = 9 × 9 × 9 = 729 (odd) (22) = 22 × 22 × 22 = 10648
(iii) Cube of 13 : (v) 98; Unit digit of 98 is 8.
(13)3 = 13 × 13 × 13 = 2197 (odd) ∴ The digit in the unit place for its cube is 2.
3 3 3 3
6 Find the value of 1 + 2 + ...... + 7 . (98) = 98 × 98 × 98 = 941192
3 3 3
Soln.: 1 + 2 + ..... + 7 = (1 + 2 + .... + 7) 2 (vi) 83; The digit in the unit place of 83 is 3.
2 ∴ The digit in the unit place for its cube is 7.
 7(7 + 1) 
= = (7 × 4)2 = (28)2 = 784 3
 2  (83) = 83 × 83 × 83 = 571787
(vii) 27; The digit in the unit place of 27 is 7.
7 Write the digits in the unit place for the cube
∴ The digit in the unit place for its cube is 3.
of each of the given numbers : 3
(27) = 27 × 27 × 27 = 19683

Cube Roots
Finding the cube root is the inverse operation of finding cube. The symbol 3 denotes ‘cube root’.
Consider the following :
Statement : Cube Inference : Cube root
13 = 1 3
1 =1
23 = 8 3
8=2
3
3 = 27 3
27 = 3
43 = 64 3
64 = 4
3
5 = 125 3
125 = 5
3 3
6 = 216 216 = 6
3 3
7 = 343 343 = 7
83 = 512 3
512 = 8
3 3
9 = 729 729 = 9
3 3
10 = 1000 1000 = 10

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 105

 Methods for Finding the Cube Roots
(i) Using unit digit method (For perfect cube numbers)
(ii) Prime factorisation method

Using Unit Digit Method (For perfect cube numbers)

Step I : Look at the digit at the unit's place and determine the digit at the unit's place in the cube root
by using the table given in properties of cubes of numbers.
Step II : Strike out from the right, last three digits (unit’s, ten’s and hundred’s) of the number. If no
digit(s) is (are) left, then the digit obtained in Step I is the required cube root. Otherwise go to next step.
Step III : Consider the number left from step II. Find the number whose cube is less than or equal to
this left over number. This number is the ten’s digit of the cube root.
Step IV : Obtain the required cube root by forming a number whose unit digit is the number obtained
in step I and ten’s digit is the number obtained in step III.

ILLUSTRATIONS ∴ 1 < 4 < 8 ⇒ 13 < 4 < 23

Hence 1 is ten’s place digit ∴ 3 4096 = 16
8 Find the cube roots of the following numbers: (ii) The given number is 857375.
(i) 4096 (ii) 857375. Step 1 : The unit’s digit of 857375 is 5. Therefore,
Soln.: (i) Step 1 : The unit’s digit of 4096 is 6. unit’s digit of its cube root is also 5.
Therefore, the digit at the unit’s place in the cube Step 2 : Group 857375; two groups are 857 & 375.
root is 6. Step 3 : Choose a number whose cube is less than 857.
Step 2 : Group 4096; two groups are 4 & 096. 93 = 729 and 103 = 1000 and 729 < 857 < 1000
Step 3 : Choose a number whose cube is less than 4. ⇒ 9 < 857 < 103 ⇒ 9 is ten’s place digit.
3

13 = 1 and 23 = 8 Hence, 3 857375 = 95

Prime Factorisation Method

In order to find the cube root of a perfect cube by prime factorisation method, we follow the following
procedure.
Step I : Obtain the given number.
Step II : Resolve it into prime factors.
Step III : Group the factors into triplets such that all the three factors in each triplet are same.
Step IV : If no factor is left ungrouped, choose one factor from each group and take the product. The
product is cube root of number. If some prime factors are left ungrouped, the number is not a perfect
cube and the process stops.

ILLUSTRATIONS So, 3
4913 = 17

Find the cube root of the following : (Taking one factor from triplet)
9
(b) Resolving 19683 into prime
(a) 4913 (b) 19683
Soln.: (a) Resolving the given number into prime factors, we get
factors, we get 4913 = 17 × 17 × 17 19683 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
3
19683 = 3 × 3 × 3
(Taking one factor from each triplet)
∴ 3 19683 = 27

106 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

Cube Root of Product of Integers
3
We have, ab = 3 a × 3 b .

ILLUSTRATIONS 11 Evaluate : 3 216 × ( −343)

Soln.: We have,
10 Evaluate : 3
125 × 64
Soln.: We have, 3 216 × ( −343) = 3 216 × 3 −343 = 3 216 × ( − 3 343 )
3 125 × 64 = 3 125 × 3 64 = − 3 6×6×6 × 37×7×7
= 3 5×5×5 × 3 4×4×4
= − [6 × 7 ] = − 42
= ( 5 × 4) = 20

Cube Root of a Rational Number

a a 3a
The cube root of a rational number , (b ≠ 0), is given by 3 = , where a, b are integers.
b b 3b

ILLUSTRATIONS 13 Evaluate :
3
15625 × 216
3
216 3375
3 −125
12 Evaluate : (i) (ii) 3 3
2197 512 15625 × 3 216
Soln.: We have
Soln.: We have 3
3375
3 3
(i) 3 216 216 6×6×6
6 3 3
25 × 25 × 25 × 6 × 6 × 6
= =3 = =
2197 3
2197 13 × 13 × 13 13 3
15 × 15 × 15
3 3 3
(ii) −125 −125 − 125 − 5×5×5 −5
3 = = = = 25 × 6
512 3
512 3
512 3
8×8×8 8 = = 10
15

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 107

 CONCEPT MAP

Perfect Cube
A number x
is said to be a Properties
perfect cube if of Cube of a
there is an integer Number
y such that
x = y 3.

CUBES • Each
AND CUBE ROOTS prime factor
appears three times in
• Cube : Cube of a a perfect cube number.
number is that number raised • Cubes of all even
to power 3. numbers are even.
• Cube Root : Cube root of a • Cubes of all odd numbers
number is that number raised are odd.
to power 1/3. The symbol
3
• Cube of a negative
denotes cube root. number is always
negative.

Properties of
Cube Roots Methods for
• 3 3
ab = a × b 3 Finding the
3 Cube Roots
a a
• 3 = 3
b b

Unit Digit Method (For Perfect Cube Numbers) Prime Factorisation Method
Step I : Look at the digit at the unit's place and determine Step I : Resolve the given number
the digit at the unit's place in the cube root by using the into prime factors.
table given in properties of cubes of numbers. Step II : Group the prime factors into
Step II : Strike out from the right, last three digits (unit’s, triplets such that all the three prime
ten’s and hundred’s) of the number. If no digit(s) is (are) factors in each triplet are same.
left, then the digit obtained in Step I is the required cube Step III : If no prime factor is
root. Otherwise go to next step. left ungrouped, choose one prime
Step III : Consider the number left from step II. Find the factor from each group and take the
number whose cube is less than or equal to this left over product. The product is cube root
number. This number is the ten’s digit of the cube root. of the given number. If some prime
Step IV : Obtain the required cube root by forming a factors are left ungrouped, then the
number whose unit’s digit is the number obtained in number is not a perfect cube and the
step I and ten’s digit is the number obtained in step III. process stops.

108 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 Solved Examples
1. Is 53240 a perfect cube? If not, then by which Soln.: Let the given number be a. Let b denote the
smallest natural number should 53240 be divided double of a i.e., b = 2a. Then,
so that the quotient is a perfect cube? b3= b×b×b =2a×2a×2a = 2×2×2×a×a×a = 8×a×a×a = 8 × a3
Soln.: 53240 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11× 11 × 5 ⇒ b3 = 8× (Cube of a).
The prime factor 5 does not appear 2 53240 6. Evaluate: {(242 + 72)1/2}3
in a group of three. So 53240 is not a 2 26620 Soln.: We have,

{ }
perfect cube. To get rid of this extra 2 13310 3
{( 24 2 + 7 2 )1/ 2 }3 = {( 576 + 49)1/ 2 }3 = 625
five we divide the number by 5. So 11 6655
factorisation of the quotient will not 11 605
{ }
3
11 55 = 25 × 25 = 253 = 25 × 25 × 25 = 15625
contain 5.
5 5
So, 53240 ÷ 5 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11× 11 7. Find the cube root of 3
392 × 3 448 .
1
Hence the smallest number by which
Soln.: Resolving 392 and 448 into prime factors
53240 should be divided to make it a perfect cube is 5. Now,
The perfect cube in that case is = 10648. 3
392 × 3 448 = 3 392 × 448
2. Is 246 a perfect cube ?
= 3 2×2×2×7×7×2×2×2×2×2×2×7
Soln.: Resolving 246 into prime factors,
we have 246 = 2 × 3 × 41 = 3 2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×7×7×7
Clearly, we cannot group the factors in = 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 = 56
the triplets.
Therefore, 246 is not a perfect cube.
3. Is 1331 a perfect cube ?
Soln.: Resolving 1331 into prime factors, we get
1331 = 11×11×11
We find that prime factors of 1331 can be grouped
into triplets of equal factors (as shown above) and no
factor is left.
∴ 1331 is a perfect cube. 27
8. Is a cube of a rational number ?
4. Is 68600 a perfect cube ? If not, find the smallest 125
number by which 68600 must be multiplied to get a 27 3 × 3 × 3
Soln.: We have, =
perfect cube. 125 5 × 5 × 5
3
Soln.: We have, 68600 = 2 × 2 × 2 27 33  3 
⇒ = =
× 5 × 5 × 7 × 7 × 7. 125 53  5 
27 3
In this factorisation we find that there ∴ is cube of i.e., a rational number.
125 5
is no triplet of 5. 9. Is 1728 a perfect cube ? If yes, find
So, 68600 is not a perfect cube. To its cube root.
Soln.: Resolving 1728 into prime factors,
make it a perfect cube we multiply it we have 1728 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 ×
by 5 to complete the triplet of 5. 3×3
Thus, 68600 × 5 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 7 × 7 × 7 Grouping the factors in triplets of
= 343000, which is a perfect cube. equal factors, we get
1728 = {2 × 2 × 2} × {2 × 2 × 2} × {3 × 3 × 3}
5. Prove that if a number is doubled, then its We find that the prime factors of 1728
cube is eight times the cube of the given number. can be grouped into triplets of equal

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 109

 factors and no factor is left over. 14. Consider the following pattern :
∴ 1728 is a perfect cube. 23 – 13 = 1 + 2 × 1 × 3
Taking one factor from each triplet, we obtain 33 – 23 = 1 + 3 × 2 × 3
3 43 – 33 = 1 + 4 × 3 × 3.
1728 = 2 × 2 × 3 = 12
Find the value of 123 – 113, using the above pattern.
Hence, 1728 is the cube of 12. Soln.: 123 – 113 = 1 + 12 × 11 × 3 = 1 + 396 = 397
10. Find the cube root of 1.331. 15. Find the value of (27 × 2744)1/3.
1331 3
Soln.: We have, 1.331= Soln.: (27 × 2744)1/3 = 27 × 3 2744 = 3 × 14 = 42
1000
16. Evaluate : 3 27 + 3 0.008 + 3 0.064
3 3
1331 3 1331 11
∴ 1.331 = = = = 1.1  (NCERT Exemplar)
1000 3 1000 10
Soln.: We have, 3 27 + 3 0.008 + 3 0.064
11. Observe the following pattern. 27 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 33
13 = 1 8
13 + 23 = (1 + 2)2 ⇒ 3 27 = 3 ; 0.008 =
1000
13 + 23 + 33 = (1 + 2 + 3)2 And 8 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 23
Write the next three rows and calculate the value of ⇒ 38=2
13 + 23 + 33 + ............. + 93 + 103 by above pattern. Also, 1000 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5 = (2 × 5)3
3
Soln.: If we observe the above pattern, the next three ⇒ 1000 = 2 × 5 = 10
rows can be written as follows - 3
8 2
3
13 + 23 + 33 + 43 = (1 + 2 + 3 + 4)2 ∴ 0.008 = 3
= = 0.2
1000 10
13 + 23 + 33 + 43 + 53 = (1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5)2 64
0.064 =
13 + 23 + 33 + 43 + 53 + 63 = (1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6)2 1000
The value of 13 + 23 + 33 + 43 + 53 + 63 + 73 + 83 + 93 + 103 And 64 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = (2 × 2)3
= (1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10)2 ⇒ 3
64 = 2 × 2 = 4
2
 10 (10 + 1)  2 2
And 1000 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5 = (2 × 5)3
=
 2  = [5 × 11] = (55) = 3025 ⇒ 3
1000 = 2 × 5 = 10
12. Find the volume of a cube whose surface area 3
64 4
3
is 150 m2. ∴ 0.064 = 3
= = 0.4
1000 10
Soln.: Let the length of each edge of the given cube
be x metres. Then, Thus, 3 27 + 3 0.008 + 3 0.064
Surface area = 150 m2 = 3 + 0.2 + 0.4 = 3.6
150
⇒ 6 x 2 = 150 ⇒ x 2 = = 25 ⇒ x = 25 = 5 m  1 
3
6 17. Evaluate :   62 + (82 ) 2    (NCERT Exemplar)
∴ Volume of the cube = x3 = 53 cubic metres    
= (5 × 5 × 5) cubic metres = 125 cubic metres.

{( )}
1 3
13. For a big icecream of volume 2744 cm3, Mukti Soln.: We have, 6 2 2 2
+ (8 )
wants to make a box. What should be the edge of 62 = 36
box so that the block can be put into it? 82 = 64
Soln.: Volume of box = 2744 cm3
⇒ 64 = 8
Let edge of the box = x cm
1
3 2 2
∴ 3
x = 2744 ⇒ x = 2744 ∴ (8 ) = 64 = 80

{( )} = (36 + 8)
3
1
⇒ x = 3 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 × 7 × 7 = 2 × 7 = 14 Now, 2 2 2
3
6 + (8 )
∴ Edge of the box = 14 cm.
= (44)3 = 85184

110 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

18. Is 9720 a perfect cube? If not, find the smallest three. 9720 is not a perfect cube.
number by which it should be divided to get a We find that 9720 should be divided by 3 × 3 × 5
perfect cube. (NCERT Exemplar) i.e, 45, to get a perfect cube.
Soln.: No, 9720 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5, all the 9720 ÷ 45 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3
prime factors of 9720 does not appear in the group of = 216, which is a perfect cube.

NCERT Section
Exercise 6.1 Exercise 6.2
1. Which of the following numbers are not perfect 1. Find the cube root of each of the following
cubes? numbers by prime factorisation method.
(i) 216 (ii) 128 (iii) 1000 (iv) 100 (i) 64 (ii) 512 (iii) 10648 (iv) 27000
(v) 46656. (v) 15625 (vi) 13824 (vii) 110592 (viii) 46656
2. Find the smallest number by which each of the (ix) 175616 (x) 91125.
following numbers must be multiplied to obtain a 2. State true or false.
perfect cube. (i) Cube of any odd number is even.
(i) 243 (ii) 256 (iii) 72 (iv) 675 (ii) A perfect cube does not end with two zeros.
(v) 100. (iii) If square of a number ends with 5, then its
3. Find the smallest number by which each of cube ends with 25.
the following numbers must be divided to obtain (iv) There is no perfect cube which ends with 8.
a perfect cube. (v) The cube of a two digit number may be a three
(i) 81 (ii) 128 (iii) 135 (iv) 192 digit number.
(v) 704. (vi) The cube of a two digit number may have seven
4. Parikshit makes a cuboid of plasticine of sides or more digits.
5 cm, 2 cm, 5 cm. How many such cuboids will he (vii)The cube of a single digit number may be a
need to form a cube? single digit number.

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 111

 Exercise
Multiple Choice Questions 13. The value of
3
531441
is
3
729
LEVEL - 1
(a) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (d) 10 Ev
1. Which of the following numbers is a perfect
cube? 14. If 3 x − 12 = 19 , then the value of x is
(a) 1525 (b) 1728 (a) 6871 (b) 6072 (c) 6889 (d) 5080
(c) 1458 (d) 3993 U 3
15. The value of (– 0.4) is
2. Which of the following numbers is not a perfect (a) 0.640 (b) 0.064
cube? Ev
(c) – 0.064 (d) – 0.640
(a) 2197 (b) 512
(c) 2916 (d) 343 U 16. 33 – (– 0.6)3 =
(a) 27.216 (b) 26.784
3. What least number must be multiplied to 3456 (c) –26.784 (d) –27.216 Ev
so that the product becomes a perfect cube?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6 3
16  1 
3 17. ×  −1  =
4. 5832 = 9  2
(a) 22 (b) 18 (a) –12 (b) – 6 (c) –8/3 (d) 8/9
(c) 16 (d) 14 Ev
18. Which of the following is the cube of an integer?
1728 (a) 200 (b) 9
5. Evaluate : 3
2744 (c) 512 (d) 1024 R
(a) 6/11 (b) 6/7

(c) 3/4 (d) 12/17 Ev 17

19. 3 3− =
12 27
6. 3 4 equals
125 (a) 4/3 (b) 3/4
3 2 1 2 (c) 1/4 (d) 1/3 Ev
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 7 (d) 7
5 5 5 3 3
20. 0.125 + 3 =
3 3
7. 144 × 12 equals
(a) 8 (b) 3.5 (c) 2 (d) 0.35
(a) 12 (b) 14 (c) 13 (d) 6 Ev
8. Possible unit digit of cube root of a number 3
21. 3 3 =
ending with 5 is 8
(a) 0 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 9 R
(a) 3/2 (b) 3/4
9. The surface area of a cube is 216 cm2. What is (c) 1/4 (d) 1/2 Ev
its volume?
(a) 1296 cm3 (b) 648 cm3 22. Calculate the value of 3 64 + 9 2 .
(c) 864 cm3
(d) 216 cm3 Ap
(a) 4 (b) 3
10. If (125)x = 3125, then x equals (c) 13 (d) 77 Ev
(a) 3/5 (b) 5/3 (c) 1/4 (d) 1/5
11. By what least number should 9720 be multiplied 3 192
23. Calculate the value of .
to get a perfect cube? 81
(a) 15 (b) 25 (c) 5 (d) 75 Ap (a) 5/3 (b) 4/3 (c) 3/2 (d) 13/9

12. If 3 (156 + x ) = 12 , then the value of x is 24. 3

2744 + 9 2 =
(a) 1570 (b) 1572 (c) 1560 (d) 1512 (a) 0 (b) 21 (c) 23 (d) 5/2

112 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 3 LEVEL - 2
25. Find the value of 512 × 3 3.375 .
(a) 12 (b) 9.5 36. What is the least number by which 13720 must
(c) 8 (d) 1.5 Ev be divided so that the quotient is a perfect cube?
(a) 2 (b) 3
26. Which of the following is the cube of a negative Ap
(c) 5 (d) 6
number?
3
(a) –396 (b) 4096 37. 0.000064 equals
(c) –81 (d) –2744 Ap (a) 0.04 (b) 0.4 (c) 0.004 (d) 0.02
27. Which of the following numbers is the cube of ( 2.3)3 − 0.027
an odd number? 38. The value of is
(a) 79507 (b) 2744 ( 2.3)2 + 0.69 + 0.09
(c) 32768 (d) 1728 U (a) 2 (b) 2.273
(c) 2.327 (d) none of these Ev
28. Which of the following numbers is the cube of
3
an even number? 125 × 3 64
39. The value of is
(a) 6859 (b) 648 3
125 − 3 64
(c) 13824 (d) 42875 U
(a) 30 (b) 40 (c) 20 (d) 50
3
29. The symbol denotes 3
8 + 3 27 − 3 343
(a) square (b) cube 40. The value of is
(c) square root (d) cube root R ( 2)2 − 3
(a) 7 (b) – 2
30. Which of the following is equal to 9? Ev
(c) 8 (d) – 5
(a) 729 (b) 3 729
41. Observe the pattern given below
(c) 3
729 (d) (3)3 R 13 = 1
31. Find the smallest number by which 392 must 23 = 3 + 5
be multiplied so that the product is a perfect 33 = 7 + 9 + 11
cube. 43 = 13 + 15 + 17 + 19
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 7 Ap 53 = 21 + 23 + 25 + 27 + 29
2 According to this pattern, the number of
32. Find the cube of 7 . consecutive odd numbers whose sum equals
5
93 is
50653 50652 (a) 3 (b) 9
(a) (b)
125 125 (c) 12 (d) 15 Cr
50659 50658
(c) (d)  132
125 125 42. Evaluate : 3 57
343
33. The volume of a cube is 778688 mm3. Find the 27 23
measure of its edge. (a) (b)
(a) 62 mm (b) 72 mm 7 7
(c) 82 mm (d) 92 mm An 23 27
(c) (d)  Ev
34. The cube root of 97336 is 5 8
(a) 17 (b) 18 (c) 46 (d) 23 Ev 43. The volume of a cubical box is 474.552 m3. Find
35. Find the side of a cube whose volume is the length of each side of the box.
1331 3 (a) 9.8 m (b) 7.8 m
m. An
216 (c) 7.4 m (d) 9.4 m
11 11 44. The one's digit of 1073 is
(a) m (b) m
6 4 (a) 3 (b) 7 (c) 9 (d) 0 U
9 9 45. Evaluate : 3
27 + 3 0.008
(c) m (d) m An
7 4 (a) 3.4 (b) 3.1 (c) 3.3 (d) 3.2

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 113

 46. Evaluate : 3
0.000729 50 −50
(a) (b)
27 27
(a) 0.2 (b) 0.3
Ev 27 −27
(c) 0.5 (d) 0.4 (c) (d)  Ev
50 50
47. Find the smallest number which should be
57. Cube root of a number when divided by the
multiplied by 1575 so that the product becomes
smallest prime number gives square of the
a perfect cube.
smallest prime number. Find the number.
(a) 315 (b) 105
(a) 512 (b) 8
(c) 735 (d) 147 Ap
(c) 64 (d) 125 Ap
343 58. If a number has digit 2 at unit place, then its
48. The value of 3 is
1331 cube has digit ____ at its unit place.
7 7 5 11 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 8 (d) 4 U
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 11 11 7
59. Which of the following is incorrect?
49. The smallest number by which 33075 must be (a) The cube of an even natural number is
multiplied to obtain a perfect cube is always even.
(a) 12 (b) 35 x 3
x
(c) 6 (d) 15 Ap (b) The cube root of a rational number is .
y 3y
3
50. Evaluate : 32.768 (c) The cube of a negative number is always
(a) 3.2 (b) 4.2 positive.
(c) 5.2 (d) 1.2 Ev (d) 2197 is a perfect cube.
LEVEL - 3 (HOTS) 127
60. 3 1− is equal to
Competency Focused Questions (CFQs) 343
5 1 4 2
2 (a) (b) 1 − (c) (d) 1 −
6 3 9 7 7 7
51. Simplify:  27 − 6 4  x 8 x 3 27 x
  +3 + = 1 , then find the value
61. If 3
3 729 729 5832
3 3 3 3
(a) (b) (c) (d) of x.
4 2 4 2
(a) 1 (b) 8 (c) 3 (d) 4 Ev
52. By what least number 3600 must be divided to
make it a perfect cube? 62. (3 3 + 3 2 )(3 9 + 3 4 − 3 6 ) =
(a) 9 (b) 50 (a) 5 (b) 9
5
(c) 300 (d) 450 Ap
(c) 6
5 (d) 3
5 Ev
0.00001225 3
53. The value of − 0.000064 is 3
1.728 − 3 0.216
0.00005329 63. =
3
2.197 − 3 0.343
(a) 0.2 (b) 0.279 (c) 0.479 (d) 0
(a) 1 (b) –1
54. Evaluate : 3
−0.000008 (c) 2 (d) –2 Ev
−0.000216
64. If 39 + 312 + 315 + 3n is a perfect cube, n ∈ N,
(a) 3 (b) –1/3
then the value of n is
(c) –3 (d) 1/3 Ev
(a) 18 (b) 17 (c) 14 (d) 16 U
55. Evaluate : 3 0.008 − 3 −512 + 3 2.197
93
(a) 9.3 (b) –6.5 (c) 9.5 (d) 6.5 65. If x = 3 2 , then the value of x is
125
3 3 13824 2 3 −13824 1 2 4 1
56. ÷ 3 = (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 4
2 3 −15625 5832 5 5 5 5

114 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 3 2. Match the following :
66. If x × 0.000009 = 0.3, then the value of x is
(a) 27 (b) 81 List-I List-II
(P) The smallest number (1) 5
(c) 9 (d) 18
by which 392 must be
3 3
1.728 4.096 multiplied so that the
67. 3
× 3
=
13.824 216 product is a perfect
15 4 cube is
(a) (b)
8 15 (Q) The smallest number (2) 3
2 15 Ev by which 8640 must
(c) (d) 
15 4 be divided so that
x 27 x the quotient is a
68. If 3 +3 = 1, then find the value of x.
729 3375 perfect cube is
79507 91125 (R) The smallest number (3) 25
(a) (b)
3375 2744 by which 3087 must
2025 443 be multiplied so that
(c) (d)  Ev
196 125 product is a perfect
cube is
103 (S) The smallest number (4) 7
69. If x = 3 13 , then the value of x is
125 by which 33275 must
2 be divided so that
(a) 2 1 (b) 2
5 5 the quotient becomes
4 1 a perfect cube is
(c) 3 (d) 4
5 5 (a) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 (b) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
4096 5832 3375 1728 (c) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (d) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3
70. Evaluate : 3 + 23 −33 +43
64 216 125 64
Assertion & Reason Type
(a) 12 (b) 13
Ev Directions : In each of the following questions,
(c) –13 (d) –12
a statement of Assertion is given followed by a
corresponding statement of Reason just below
Match the Following
it. Of the statements, mark the correct answer as
In this section each question has two matching lists.
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason
Choices for the correct combination of elements from
is the correct explanation of assertion.
List-I and List-II are given as options (a), (b), (c)
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason
and (d) out of which one is correct.
is not the correct explanation of assertion.
1. Match the numbers given in List-I with their
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false.
cube roots given in List-II.
(d) If assertion is false but reason is true.
List-I List-II
(P) 148877 (1) 24 1. Assertion : 13 = 1, 93 = 729, 33 = 27 where 1, 729,
(Q) 13824 (2) 53 27 are cubes of 1, 9, 3 respectively.
(R) 35937 (3) 33 Reason : Cubes of all odd natural numbers
(S) 17576 (4) 26 are even.
(a) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 2. Assertion : 143 = 2744, 243 = 13822
(b) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 Reason : If the digits of number end with 4,
(c) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 then cube of the number ends with
(d) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 same digit 4.

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 115

 3. Assertion : 4, 7, 10, ... are the natural numbers 7. Consider the following pattern.
of the form 3n + 1, where n = 1, 2, .. 23 – 13 = 1 + 2 × 1 × 3
Reason : The cube of natural number of the 33 – 23 = 1 + 3 × 2 × 3
form 3n + 2, when divided by 3 43 – 33 = 1 + 4 × 3 × 3
leaves remainder 2. Using the above pattern find the value of 73 – 63.
8. Find the cube root of 17576.
4. Assertion : We know that
9 ÷ 3 = 3 and 93 ÷ 33 = 27 9. Find the cube root of 0.003375.

{ }
3
8 ÷ 2 = 4 and 83 ÷ 23 = 64 152 + 8 2 .
10. Evaluate the following :
Reason : If a divides b, then a3 divides b3.
5. Assertion : The unit digit of cube of 528, 38 Short Answer Type
and 1298 is 2.
Reason : If a number ends with 8, then its cube 1. Is 8000 a perfect cube? What is the number
ends with 2. whose cube is 8000?
2. Find the cube root of 389017.
Comprehension Type
3. Find the cube root 46656.
PASSAGE-I : Three numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 4.
4. Find the smallest number which when multiplied
1. The sum of their cubes is 33957. Find the
by 3600 makes the product a perfect cube.
numbers.
Further, find the cube root of the product.
(a) 2, 4, 8 (b) 14, 21, 28
(c) 6, 9, 18 (d) 5, 10, 15 5. Find the smallest number by which 8192 must
be divided so that quotient is a perfect cube.
2. The cubes of these numbers are Also, find the cube root of the quotient so
(a) 8, 64, 512 (b) 2744, 7261, 8849 obtained.
(c) 2744, 9261, 21952 (d) 7261, 125, 1000
6. Find the cube root of 2300 × 5290.
PAS S AGE-II : The volume of a cube is 9261000 m3. 0.064
7. Find the cube root of .
1. The side of the cube is 3.375
(a) 210 m (b) 200 m (c) 220 m (d) 250 m 8. Find the cube root of 216 × 1728.
2. If the volume of the cube is increased by 9. Find the cube root of 343000.
1387000m3 then the new side of the cube is
10. Find the cube root of 85184 by prime factorisation
(a) 250 m (b) 200 m (c) 210 m (d) 220 m
method.
3. If the side of a cube is 6 m, then area of one
face of the cube will be Long Answer Type
(a) 216 m2 (b) 36 m2 (c) 6 m2 (d) 24 m2
1. Find the cube root of 262144 by prime factorisation
method.
Subjective Problems
2. Three numbers are in the ratio 1:2:3. The sum
Very Short Answer Type of their cubes is 98784. Find the numbers.

1. Is 1024 a perfect cube? 3. Evaluate : 3

1372 × 3 1458 .

2. Find the unit’s digit of cube of 8888. 3375

4. Find the cube root of .
2744
3. Is 196 a perfect cube?
5. Find cube root of 110592.
4. Find the smallest number by which 96 must be
multiplied so that the product is a perfect cube. Integer/Numerical Value Type
5. Find the smallest number by which 3087 must
be divided so that the quotient is a perfect cube. a6 × b 3 × c 21 bc k
1. If 3 = , then k = ____.
6. Show that 1331 is a perfect cube. c 9 × a12 ak / 2

116 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

2. The cube of the number p is 16 times the number. 4. By which smallest number 25272 must be divided
Then find p where p ≠ 0 and p ≠ – 4. to make it a perfect cube?
(a) 9 (b) 13 (c) 117 (d) 39
3. The digit in the unit place for the cube of a four
digit number of the form xyz8 is ____. 5. The smallest number by which 6860 must be
divided such that the resulting quotient becomes
4. The digit in the units place for the cube of the a perfect cube is
number 1234567 is ____. (a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 10 (d) 20
Case II : Mahima goes to a birthday party of one of
5. A number is multiplied 3 times by itself and her friends. She purchases a gift whose box is in the
then 61 is subtracted from the product obtained. shape of a cuboid. The dimensions of the box are in
If the final result is 9200, then the number is the ratio 9 : 7 : 8 and its volume is 367416 cu. cm.
3 n
6. 0.125 + 3 0.729 = . Find n.
10

3 a2
7. If a = 2b and b = 4c, then =____.
16bc
k
36 × 4 3 × 2 6  3 
8. If 3 =   , then k = ___.
89 × 2 3 8
If we consider the common ratio as x, then answer
9. The cube of a number ending in 3, ends in ___.
the following questions. CFQs
10. The cube root of 10648 is ___.
1. Find the value of x.
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9
Case Based Questions
2. What is the length of the cuboid?
Case I : Isha, who is a maths teacher of class VIII, (a) 80 cm (b) 81 cm (c) 82 cm (d) 83 cm
explained the concept of ‘Cube’. She explained that
a cube is a 3-dimensional figure which has all its 3. What is the breadth of the cuboid?
sides equal. She further explained when a number (a) 63 cm (b) 64 cm (c) 65 cm (d) 66 cm
is multiplied by itself three times, a cube number 4. What is the height of the cuboid?
or a perfect cube is obtained. She told the students (a) 70 cm (b) 71 cm (c) 72 cm (d) 73 cm
the reasons why a number can and can’t be a perfect 5. What is the unit digit in the cube of 729?
cube. She gave some questions to the students for (a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9
revision. Case III : Sumit and Kapil were students of class
VIII. Before examination, they were doing revision
on the topic ‘Cubes and Cube Roots’. They found a
statement in the book given as follows:
‘‘The cube root of a number 740xy is 42’’.

The questions are listed below, answer them.

1. Which of the following is not a perfect cube?
(a) 729 (b) 2724
(c) 3375 (d) 1331 There were certain questions on the basis of above
2. Which of the following is a perfect cube? statement which are listed below, answer them.
(a) 181 (b) 521 (c) 105 (d) 216  CFQs
3. If a number ends with two zeroes, then its cube 1. Find the required number.
ends with zeroes. (a) 74084 (b) 74086
(a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 4 (c) 74048 (d) 74088

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots 117

 2. The difference between x and y is On the basis of above information, answer the
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3 following questions.
3. The product of x and y is 1. Find the required number.
(a) 32 (b) 48 (c) 64 (d) 46 (a) 62082 (b) 62802 (c) 68002 (d) 62208
x 2. Find the prime factors which do not appear in
4. If = k , then find k.
y the required number in the group of three.
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (a) 2 and 3 (b) 2 and 5
(c) 3 and 5 (d) None of these
5. Cube of a negative number is
(a) always positive (b) sometimes positive 3. Find the least number which should be multiply
(c) always negative (d) sometimes negative to number to make it a perfect cube.
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 7 (d) 8
Case IV : Mrs. Lamba, in the class VIII, described
the concept of ‘Cubes and Cube Roots’ and after 4. Find the cube root of obtained perfect cube.
that she gave a problem to students so that they can (a) 70 (b) 71 (c) 72 (d) 73
better understand the concept.
5. Find the cube of root of 2744.
‘‘A number is divided by 36 and the cube root of
that quotient is 12’’. (a) 13 (b) 14 (c) 15 (d) 16

ANSWER KEY
Multiple Choice Questions Assertion & Reason Type
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b) 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a)
6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b) Comprehension Type
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) Passage-I
16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (b) 1. (b) 2. (c)
Passage-II
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (a)
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (b)
26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (c)
Integer/Numerical Value Type
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (a)
1. (4) 2. (4) 3. (2) 4. (3) 5. (21)
36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (b) 6. (14) 7. (1) 8. (2) 9. (7) 10. (22)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (d)
Case Based Questions
46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (b) 50. (a)
Case I
51. (a) 52. (d) 53. (b) 54. (d) 55. (c) 1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (d)
56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (b) Case II
61. (b) 62. (a) 63. (a) 64. (c) 65. (b) 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (d)
66. (b) 67. (c) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (b) Case III
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (c)
Match the Following Case IV
1. (b) 2. (a) 1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b)

118 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 06

Cubes and Cube Roots

In that case
= 512, which is a perfect cube.

Exercise 6.1 (iii)

Clearly the prime factor 3 doesn’t appear in a group
1. (i)
of three.
Since the prime factors of 216 appear in a group ∴ 72 is not a perfect cube.
of three. So to make 72 a perfect cube, we must multiply
∴ 216 is a perfect cube. it by 3.
(ii) In that case
Since the prime factors of 128 don’t appear in a = 216, which is a perfect cube.
group of three.
∴ 128 is not a perfect cube. (iv)
(iii) Clearly the prime factor 5 doesn’t appear
Since the prime factors of 1000 appear in a group in a group of three.
of three. ∴ 675 is not a perfect cube.
∴ 1000 is a perfect cube. So we multiply it by 5, to make a perfect
(iv) 100 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 cube.
Since the prime factors of 100 don’t appear in group In that case
of three.
= 3375, which is a perfect cube.
∴ 100 is not a perfect cube.
(v) (v) 100 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 5.
Clearly both the prime factors 2 and 5 don’t appear
Since the prime factors of 46656 appear in a group
in a group of three.
of three.
∴ 100 is not a perfect cube.
∴ 46656 is a perfect cube.
So we multiply it by 2 and 5, to make it a perfect
2. (i) cube.
Clearly the prime factor 3 doesn’t appear In that case ,
in a group of three. which is a perfect cube.
∴ 243 is not a perfect cube.
So to make 243 a perfect cube we multiply 3. (i)
it by 3. Clearly the prime factor 3 doesn’t appear in a group
In that case = 729, which of three.
is a perfect cube. ∴ 81 is not a perfect cube.
(ii) So to make it a perfect cube, we must divide 3 81
it by 3. 3 27
Clearly the prime factor 2 doesn’t appear in a group 3 9
81 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
of three. = = 27 , 3 3
∴ 256 is not a perfect cube. 3 3
1
So to make 256 a perfect cube we multiply it by 2. which is a perfect cube.

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots M67

 (ii) Exercise 6.2
2 128
Clearly the prime factor 2 doesn’t appear 1. (i) Prime factors of 64
2 64
in a group of three. 2 32
∴ 128 is not a perfect cube. 2 16
So to make it a perfect cube, we must 2 8
divide it by 2. 2 4
128 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 2 2
= = 64 , 1 64 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
2 2
which is a perfect cube. ∴ 3 64 = 3 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 2 × 2 = 4.
(iii)
(ii) Prime factors of 512
Clearly the prime factor 5 doesn’t
appear in a group of three.
∴ 135 is not a perfect cube.
So, to make it a perfect cube, we must divide it by 5.
i.e., 135 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 = 27
5 5
Thus the smallest number is 5 by which 135 must
be divided.
(iv) 512 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
∴ 3 512 = 2 × 2 × 2 = 8.
Clearly the prime factor 3 doesn’t appear
in a group of three. (iii) Prime factors of 10648
∴ 192 is not a perfect cube.
So to make it a perfect cube, we must
divide it by 3.
192 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
= = 64 ,
3 3
which is a perfect cube. 10648 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11 × 11
(v) ∴ 3
10648 = 2 × 11 = 22.
Clearly the prime factor 11 doesn’t 2 704
2 352 (iv) Prime factors of 27000
appear in a group of three.
2 176
∴ 704 is not a perfect cube.
2 88
So to make it a perfect cube, we must
2 44
divide it by 11.
2 22
∴ 11 11
1
= 64, which is a perfect cube.
4. We have 2 × 5 × 5
27000 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5
Clearly in above, the prime factors 2 and 5 both
don’t appear in a group of three. ∴ 3
27000 = 2 × 3 × 5 = 30.
∴ To make it a perfect cube we need to multiply (v) Prime factors of 15625
it by 2 × 2 × 5, we get
2×5×5×2×2×5
= 1000, which is a perfect cube.
Thus, he needs 20 cuboids more to make it a perfect
cube.

M68 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

15625 = 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 (ix) Prime factors of 175616
∴ 3
15625 = 5 × 5 = 25.
(vi) Prime factors of 13824

175616 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 × 7 × 7
3
∴ 175616 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 = 56.
(x) Prime factors of 91125
13824 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3
∴ 3
13824 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 24
(vii) Prime factors of 110592

91125 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5
∴ 3
91125 = 3 × 3 × 5 = 45.
2. (i) It is false.
Because the cube of any odd number is also odd.
(ii) It is true.
Because to make a perfect cube we need each and
every factor to occur three times in a group.
So we need (3, 6, 9, .....) zero’s to make a perfect cube.
(iii) It is false. (iv) It is false.
110592 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 123 = 1728, which ends with 8.
2×2×2×3×3×3 (v) It is false.
∴ 3 103 = 1000, where 10 is the smallest two digit
110592 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 48.
number, and its cube contains 4 digits.
(viii) Prime factors of 46656 (vi) It is false.
993 = 970299, where 99 is the largest two digit
number and doesn’t contain seven or more digits.
(vii) It is true.
13 = 1, which is a single digit number.

Multiple Choice Questions

1. (b) : Resolving the following numbers into factors,
we get 2 1458 3 3993
4 1728
5 1525 4 432 9 729 11 1331
46656 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 5 305 4 108 9 81 11 121
61 3 27 9 11
∴ 3
46656 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 = 36. 3 9
3

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots M69

 (a) 1525 = 5 × 5 × 61
12 512 8 3
(b) 1728 = 4 × 4 × 4 × 3 × 3 × 3 6. (a) : 3 4 = 3 = = 1 .
125 125 5 5
(c) 1458 = 2 × 9 × 9 × 9
7. (a) : 3
144 × 3 12 = 3 144 × 12
(d) 3993 = 3 × 11 × 11 × 11
We can see that only factors of 1728 can form triplets = 3 12 × 12 × 12 = 12.
and in other numbers we are left with one more factor. 8. (b) : The number having unit digit 5 has cube
2. (c) : Factors of 2197 are root ending with 5.
2197 = 13
 × 13
 13 = (13)3
× 9. (d) : Surface area of cube, 6a2 = 216 ⇒ a = 6 cm
So, 2197 is a perfect cube. ∴ Volume of the cube = 63 = 216 cm3
3 5
512 = 8
×8×8 = (8)
 10. (b) : (5)3x = 55 ⇒ 3x = 5 ⇒ x =
3
So, 512 is a perfect cube. 11. (d) : We have,
2916 = 2 × 2 × 9
 9×
× 9 . Here, 2 cannot form a triplet. 9720 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 3 × 3
So, 2916 is not a perfect cube. To make it perfect cube, the given number should
343 = 7 7× 3 be multiplied by 5 × 5 × 3 i.e., 75.
×7 = (7 )
So, 343 is a perfect cube. 12. (b) : 3 156 + x = 12
⇒ 156 + x = (12)3 ⇒ 156 + x = 1728
3. (c) : Resolving 3456 as a product of prime factors,
⇒ x = 1728 – 156 = 1572
we get
2 3456 3
531441 81
2 1728 13. (c) : = =9
3
729 9
2 864
2 432 14. (a) : 3 x − 12 = 19
2 216 ⇒ x – 12 = (19)3 ⇒ x – 12 = 6859
2 108 ⇒ x = 6859 + 12 ⇒ x = 6871
2 54
15. (c) : The value of (– 0.4)3 is
3 27
(– 0.4) × (– 0.4) × (– 0.4) = – 0.064.
3 9
3 16. (a) : 33 – (– 0.6)3 = 27 – (– 0.216)
3456 = 2 2× = 27 + 0.216 = 27.216.
×2 × 2
 2×
×2 × 2 × 3
 3×
×3 3
Clearly, to make it a perfect cube it should be 16  − 3  16  −27 
17. (b) : ×   = ×  = 2 × (– 3) = – 6
multiplied by 2 × 2 = 4. 9 2 9  8 
2 5832 18. (c) : (a) 200 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5
4. (b) :
2 2916 So, 200 is not a perfect cube.
Resolving 5832 into factors, we get
2 1458 (b) Resolving 9 into prime factors, we get 9 = 3 × 3
5832 = 2
 2×
×2 × 9
 9×
×9 ∴ 9 is not a perfect cube.
9 729
3 (c) Resolving 512 into prime factors, we get
5832 = 2 × 9 = 18 9 81
512 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 2 × 2 × 2
9
1728 3 1728 ∴ 3 512 = 8
5. (b) : 3 =
2744 3 2744 (d) Resolving 1024 into prime factors, we get
1024 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
4 1728 2 2744 ∴ 1024 is not a perfect cube.
4 432 2 1372
4 108 2 686 17 3 81 − 17 3 64 4
19. (a) : 3 3− = = =
3 27 7 343 27 27 27 3
3 9 7 49
20. (b) : 3
0.125 + 3 = 0.5 + 3 = 3.5
3 7
3
1728 = 4 × 3 = 12 , 3 2744 = 2 × 7 = 14 3 3 27 3
21. (a) : 3 3 = =
8 8 2
1728 12 6
∴
3 = = 22. (c) : 3
64 + 9 2 = 4 + 9 = 13
2744 14 7

M70 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 3
192 3 64 4 3 3
64 4
23. (b) : = = 37. (a) : .000064 = = = 0.04.
81 27 3 1000000 100
24. (c) : 3
2744 + 9 2 = 14 + 9 = 23 ( 2.3)3 − (0.3)3
38. (a) : Given expression
25. (a) : 3
512 × 3 3.375 = 8 × 1.5 = 12.0 ( 2.3)2 + ( 2.3)(0.3) + (0.3)2
12.167 − 0.027 12.14
26. (d) : Since, cube of a negative number is negative. = = =2
5.29 + 0.69 + 0.09 6.07
\ 4096 can't be cube of a negative number.
Now, –396 = – (2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 11) 3
125 × 3 64
So, it is not a cube of a negative number. 39. (c) : 3
125 − 3 64
Again, –81 = – (3 × 3 × 3 × 3)
It is also not a cube of a negative number.
3
5 × 5 × 5 × 3 4 × 4 × 4 5 × 4 20
= = = = 20
Now, –2744 = – (14 × 14 × 14) 3
5×5×5 − 3 4×4×4 5−4 1
So, –2744 is cube of –14. 3
8 + 3 27 − 3 343
2 + 3 − 7 −2
27. (a) : Since cube of an odd number is odd. So, 40. (b) : = = = −2
2 −3 2 4−3 1
1728, 2744 and 32768 can't be the cube of an odd
41. (b) : According to the given pattern, number of
number.
consecutive odd numbers whose sum equals 93 is 9.
Now, 79507 = 43 × 43 × 43 = (43)3
28. (c) : Since, cube of an even number is even. So, 132 3 19683 3 19683 27
42. (a) : 3 57 = = 3 =
6859 and 42875 can't be the cube of an even number. 343 343 343 7
Now, 648 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 23 × 33 × 3 43. (b) : Volume of a cubical box, a3 = 474.552 m3
So, 648 is not a cube number. 474552 474552 78
Again, 13824 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = ⇒ a=3 = = 7.8 m
1000 1000 10
× 3 × 3 = 23 × 23 × 23 × 33 = (24)3
So, 13824 is a cube of an even number 24. 44. (a) : We know that, if a number has 7 as one's
digit, then the one's digit of cube of this number
29. (d)
is 3.
30. (c) : 3 729 = 9
3 8 2
31. (d) : We have, 45. (d) : 27 + 3 0.008 = 3 + 3 = 3+
1000 10
392 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 × 7 = 3 + 0.2 = 3.2
To make it a perfect cube, it should be multiplied
by 7. 729 27
46. (b) : 3
0.000729 = 3 =3
2 37 1000000 1000
32. (a) : 7 = 3
5 5 = = 0.3
3 3
10
 2  37  50653
47. (c) : We have, 1575 = 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 7
\  7  =   =
5 5 125 To make it a perfect cube, it should be multiplied
33. (d) : Volume of cube, a3 = 778688 mm3 by 3 × 5 × 7 × 7 i.e., 735.
⇒ a = 3 778688 mm = 92 mm 343 3
343 7
48. (b) : 3 =3 =
\ Edge of cube is 92 mm. 1331 1331 11
3
34. (c) : 97336 = 46 49. (b) : We have, 33075 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 7 × 7
1331 3 To make it a perfect cube, we multiply it by 5 × 7
35. (a) : Volume of cube, a3 = m
216 i.e., 35.
1331 3 1331 11
⇒ a=3 = 3 = m 3 32768 32
216 216 6 50. (a) : 32.768 = 3 = = 3.2
5 13720 1000 10
36. (c) : Writing 13720 as a product of 2 2
4 2744  3  3 1/6 27 
prime factors, we get 51. (a) : We have,  6 27 − 6  =  (3 ) −
2 686  
4  4 
13720 = 5 × 2
 2×
×2 × 7
 7×
×7 7 343 2 2 2
Clearly, to make it a perfect cube, it 7 49  3 3  3  −1  3
=  31/2 − = ( 3 )2  1 −  = 3   =
must be divided by 5. 7  2  2 2 4

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots M71

 52. (d) : Prime factorisation of 3600 is, 64. (c) : We have, 39 + 312 + 315 + 3n
Now, 3600 = 39[1 + 33 + 36 + 3n–9] = 39[757 + 3n–9]
=2×2×2×2×3×3×5×5 Since, 39 is a perfect cube, so 757 + 3n–9 will also be
So, to make 3600 a perfect cube, a perfect cube for n = 14
it should be divided by [∵ 757 + 314–9 = 757 + 243 = 1000]
2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 = 450 So, n = 14.
53. (b) : We have, 93
1/3 65. (b) : We have, x = 3 2
0.00001225 3 35  8  125
− 0.000064 = − 
0.00005329 73  1000  343 7 2
⇒x = 3 = ⇒ x=1
35 2 204 125 5 5
= − = = 0.279
73 10 730
66. (b) : 3 x × 0.000009 = 0.3
−0.000008 3 8 2 1 Taking square on both sides, we get
54. (d) : 3 = = =
−0.000216 216 6 3 3
x × 0.000009 = (0.3)2 = 0.09
55. (c) : 0.008 − −512 + 2.197
3 3 3
Taking cube on both sides, we get
= 0.2 – (–8) + 1.3 = 0.2 + 8 + 1.3 = 9.5 x × 0.000009 = (0.09)3 = 0.000729
0.000729
3 3 13824 2 3 −13824 \ x= = 81
56. (c) : ÷ 0.000009
2 3 −15625 3
5832 3 3
1.728 4.096 1.2 1.6 1 4 2
3 × 24 2 × (−24) −36 −8 −36 3 27 67. (c) : × = × = × =
= ÷ = ÷ = × = 3
13.824 3
216 2.4 6 2 15 15
2 × (−25) 18 25 3 25 −8 50
x 27 x
57. (a) : Let the number be x. 68. (b) : We have, 3 +3 =1
729 3375
\ 3 x ÷ 2 = 2 2 ⇒ 3 x = 4 × 2 = 8 ⇒ x = 83 = 512 3
x 3⋅3 x
58. (c) : The number having unit digit 2 has its cube ⇒ + = 1 [ 3 729 = 9 and 3 3375 = 15 ]
ending with 8. 9 15
59. (c) : The cube of a negative number is always 5⋅ 3 x + 9⋅ 3 x
⇒ =1
negative. 45
3
60. (b) : We have, 45  45  91125
⇒ 14 3 x = 45 ⇒ 3 x = ⇒x=  =
1/3 1/3 14  14  2744
127  343 − 127   216  6 1
3 1− = = = =1−
343  343 
  343  7 7 69. (b) : x = 3 13
103 3 1728 12
= = ⇒ x= 2
2
125 125 5 5
x 8 x 3 27 x
61. (b) : Given, 3 +3 + =1 4096 5832 3375 1728
729 729 5832 70. (b) : 3 +23 −33 +43
64 216 125 64
x1/3 (23 x )1/3 (33 x )1/3 16 18 15 12
⇒ + + =1 = +2× −3× +4×
(93 )1/3 (93 )1/3 (183 )1/3 4 6 5 4
x1/3 2 x1/3 3 x1/3 = 4 + 2 × 3 – 3 × 3 + 4 × 3 = 4 + 6 – 9 + 12 = 13
⇒ + + =1
9 9 18
2 x1/3 + 4 x1/3 + 3 x1/3 9x1/3 Match the Following
⇒ =1 ⇒ =1
18 18 1. (b) : P → 2; Q → 1; R → 3; S → 4
⇒ x1/3 = 2 ⇒ x = 8 53 148877
(P) 3
148877 53 2809
3 3 3 3 3
62. (a) : ( 3 + 2 ) ( 9 + 4 − 6 ) 53 53
Resolving 148877 into prime
= 3
3(3 9 + 3 4 − 3 6 ) + 3 2(3 9 + 3 4 − 3 6 ) factors, we get 1
= 3
27 + 3 12 − 3 18 + 3 18 + 3 8 − 3 12 148877 = 53
 53
× 53
×
3 3 3 3
= 3 + 2 =3+2=5 3
148877 = 53
3
1.728 − 3 0.216
1.2 − 0.6 0.6 (Q) Resolving 13824 into prime factors, we get
63. (a) : 3 3
= = =1
2.197 − 0.343 1.3 − 0.7 0.6 13824 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3

M72 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 2 13824 (S) Resolving 33275 into prime factors, we get
2 6912 33275 = 5 × 5 × 11
 11
× 11
× 5 33275
2 3456 We can see that the 5 6655
2 1728 smallest number by which 33275 must be 11 1331
2 864 divided so that the quotient is a perfect
11 121
432 cube is 25.
2 11
2 216
2 108 Assertion & Reason Type
2 54 1. (c) : Cubes of all odd numbers are odd.
3 27 Assertion : True; Reason : False
3 9
2. (d) : 143 = 2744, 243 = 13824
3
Assertion : False; Reason : True
3 3 35937
13824 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 24
∴ 3. (b) : 4 = 3 × 1 + 1, 7 = 3 × 2 + 1,
3 11979
(R) Resolving 35937 into prime factors, 3 3993 10 = 3 × 3 + 1
we get 11 1331 ∴ 4, 7, 10, ..... are of form 3n + 1.
35937 = 3 3×
× 3 × 11 ×11×11 (3n + 2)3 = 27n3 + 54n2 + 36n + 8
   11 121
= 3(9n3 + 18n2 + 12n + 2) + 2 ...(i)
∴ 3
35937 = 3 × 11 = 33. 11
When (i) is divided by 3 then it gives remainder 2.
2 17576 Assertion : True; Reason : True but is not the
(S) Resolving 17576 into correct explanation of assertion.
prime factors, we get 2 8788
2 4394 4. (a) : a divides b
17576 = 2
 2×
×2 × 13
 × 13
 13
× 13 2197 ⇒ b = ak, for some k, b3 = a3k3
3 13 169 ∴ a3 divides b3.
∴ 17576 = 2 × 13 = 26. Assertion : True; Reason : True and is the correct
13
2. (a) : P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3 explanation of assertion.
5. (a) : Assertion : True; Reason : True and is the
(P) Resolving 392 into 2 392
correct explanation of assertion.
2 196
prime factors, we get
2 98
392 = 2 2×
Comprehension Type
× 2 × 7 × 7
 7 49
Clearly to make 392 a perfect cube it 7 PASSAGE-I
should be multiplied by 7. 1. (b) : Let the three numbers be 2x, 3x and 4x
respectively.
(Q) Resolving 8640 into prime factors, 2 8640 \ (2x)3 + (3x)3 + (4x)3 = 33957 (Given)
we get 2 4320 ⇒ 8x3 + 27x3 + 64x3 = 33957 ⇒ 99x3 = 33957
2 2160
8640 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 33957
2 1080 ⇒ x3 =
×3×3×3×5 99
2 540
3
⇒ x = 343 ⇒ x = 7
Clearly, we can see that 8640 must 2 270
3 135 First number is 2x = 2×7 = 14
be divided by 5 to make it a perfect
3 45 Second number is 3x = 3×7 = 21
cube.
3 15 Third number is 4x = 4×7 = 28
5 5 So, the numbers are 14, 21, 28.
1 2. (c) : The cubes of (14), (21) and (28) are 2744,
(R) Resolving 3087 into prime factors, 3 3087 9261 and 21952 respectively.
we get 7 1029 PASSAGE-I I
3087 = 3 × 3 × 7
 7×
×7 7 147 1. (a) : Since, volume of a cube = 9261000 m3
Clearly, to make 3087 a perfect cube 7 21 3
⇒ Side = 9261000
the number should be multiplied by 3. 3

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots M73

 3 9261000 From the prime factors of 1024, we find that if we
3 3087000 try to group triplets of same factors, we are left with
3 1029000 2. Therefore, 1024 is not a perfect cube.
2. Here the unit’s digit is 8. So the cube of 8888
7 343000
will have 2 as its unit’s digit.
7 49000 2 196
3. Resolving 196 into prime factors,
7 7000 2 98
we get
10 1000 7 49
196 = 2 × 2 × 7 × 7
10 100 Clearly grouping the factors in triplets 7 7
10 cannot be formed. 1
Resolving 9261000 into prime factors, we get Therefore 196 is not a perfect cube. 3 96
4. Resolving 96 into prime factors, 2 32
9261000 = 3
 3×
×3 × 7
 7×
×7 × 10
 × 10
 10
×
we get 2 16
3 2 8
∴ 9261000 = 3×7×10 = 210. 96 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
∴ Side of the cube = 210 m 96 must be multiplied by 2 4
2. (d) : New volume of the cube 2 × 3 × 3 = 18, so that the product 2 2
2 10648000 becomes a perfect cube.
= 9261000 + 1387000 1
2 5324000 5. Resolving 3087 into prime factors, we get
= 10648000m3 2 2662000
Volume of cube = (Side)3 3087 = 3 × 3 × 7 × 7 × 7 3 3087
11 1331000
⇒ (Side)3 = 10648000 m3 Clearly, if we divide 3087 by 3 1029
11 121000 3 × 3 = 9 the quotient would be
⇒ Side of the cube 7 343
11 11000 7 × 7 × 7 which is a perfect cube. Therefore
= 3 10648000 7 49
10 1000 we must divide 3087 by 9 so that the 7 7
Resolving 10648000 into factors, 10 100 quotient is a perfect cube.
1
we get 10 6. Resolving 1331 into prime factors, we get
10648000 = 2
×
2×
2 × 11
 × ×
1111 × 10
 × 10
 ×
10 1331 = 11 × 11 × 11
3
So, 1331 is the cube of 11.
10648000 = 2×11×10.
∴ New side of the cube is 220 m. 7. 73 – 63 = 1 + 7 × 6 × 3 = 1 + 126 = 127
8. The given number is 17576
3. (b) : Area of one face of the cube = Area of the
Here, units digit of 17576 is 6. Therefore, the units
square.
digit of the cube root of the given number, is 6.
Now, area of square = (Side)2
Step 1 : 17576; Taking two groups 17 and 576.
= 6 × 6 = 36 m2 (Q Side = 6 m) Step 2 : First group is 576; unit’s place digit of
required cube root is 6.
Subjective Problems Step 3 : Second group is 17
23 = 8 and 33 = 27 and 23 < 17 < 33
Very Short Answer Type ∴ 2 is the ten’s place digit of required cube root.
Hence 3
17576 = 26
1. Resolving 1024 into prime factors, we get
1024 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 3375
9. We have, 0.003375 =
1000000
2 1024 3
2 512 3 3375 3375
∴ 0.003375 = 3 = = 0.15
2 256 1000000 3
1000000
2 128 Q 3375 = 33 × 53 and1000000 =(100)3

2 64 
2 32 ∴ 3
3375 = 3 × 5 = 15 and 3 1000000 = 100 
2 16 
2 8
{ } { }
3 3
2 4 10. We have, 152 + 8 2 = 225 + 64
2 2
( ) =( )
3 3
1 = 289 17 × 17 = 17 3 = 17 × 17 × 17 = 4913

M74 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

 Short Answer Type So, 3 4096 = 3 2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2
1. Resolving 8000 into prime factors, we get
3
8000 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5 ∴ 4096 = 16
= {2×2×2}×{2×2×2}×{5×5×5} 6. We have, 3 2300 × 5290
We find that prime factors of 8000 can be grouped 3 3
= 3 23 × 529 × 1000 = 23 × 529 ⋅ 1000
into triplets of equal factors and no factor is left
over. Therefore, 8000 is a perfect cube. = 3 23 × 23 × 23 ⋅ 3 10 × 10 × 10 = 23 × 10 = 230
To determine the number whose cube is 8000, we 0.064 64 4×4×4 43
collect one factor from each group. 7. = = = 3
3.375 3375 15 × 15 × 15 15
Taking one factor from each triplet, we obtain
2 × 2 × 5 = 20 3 0.064 3 4 3 4
\ = =
Thus, 8000 is the cube of 20. 3.375 15 3 15
2. Cube root of 389017 8. 3 216 × 1728 = 3 216 × 3 1728
2 1728
Step 1 : 389017; taking two groups 389 and 017 2 864
Now, resolving 216 and 1728 into prime 2 432
Step 2 : First group is 017; unit’s place digit of factors, we get 2 216
required cube root is 3. 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 2 108
Step 3 : Second group is 389 ∴ 3 216 = 6 2 54
73 = 343 and 83 = 512 3 3 27
1728 = 12
∴ 7 is the ten’s place digit. 3 9
∴ 3
216 × 3 1728 3 3
∴ Required cube root of 389017 is 73.
= 6 × 12 = 72. 1
3. Cube root of 46656
9. Resolving into prime factors, we get
Step 1 : 46656; taking two groups 46 and 656.
7 343000
Step 2 : First group is 656; unit’s place digit of
7 49000
required cube root is 6. 7 7000
Step 3 : Second group is 46 10 1000
33 = 27 and 43 = 64 10 100
33 < 46 < 43 10 10
∴ 3 is the ten’s place digit of required cube root. 1
∴ 3 46656 = 36 343000 = 7 × 7 × 7 × 10 × 10 × 10
4. Resolving 3600 into prime factors, we get ∴ 3
343000 = 7 × 10 = 70
3600 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 3 × 3
We know that if a number is to be a perfect cube, then 10. Resolving 85184 into prime factors, we get
each of its prime factors must occur thrice. Hence, 2 85184
the smallest number by which the given number 2 42592
must be multiplied in order to make the product a 2 21296
perfect cube is 2 × 2 × 5 × 3 = 60 2 10648
So the product = 3600 × 60 = 216000 2 5324
Now, 216000 = 2×2×2×2×2×2×5×5×5×3×3×3 2 2662
11 1331
⇒ 3
216000 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 3 = 60 11 121
5. Resolving 8192 into prime factors, we get 11 11
8192 = 2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2 1
For a number to be perfect cube, each of its prime 85184 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11 × 11
factors must occur thrice. Therefore the smallest Therefore, 3 85184 = 2 × 2 × 11 = 44
number by which the given number must be divided
in order to make the quotient a perfect cube is 2. Long Answer Type
Also the quotient, 1. 262144 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 ×
8192 2×2×2×2×2×2×2
= 4096 = 2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2 ∴ 3
262144 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 64
2

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots M75

 2 262144 3375 3 3375
2 131072 4. We have, 3 =
2744 3 2744
2 65536
Now, resolving 3375 and 2744
2 32768 5 3375 2 2744
into prime factors, we get
2 16384 5 675 2 1372
2 8192 3375 = 5
 5×
×5 × 3×
 3× 3
 5 135 2 686
2 4096 and 2744 = 2 2×
× 2 × 7 7×
×7 3 27 7 343
2 2048
2 1024 ∴ 3 3375 = 5 × 3 = 15 3 9 7 49
3 3 7 7
2 512 and 3 2744 = 2 × 7 = 14 1 1
2 256 3375 3
3375 15
Hence, 3 = = .
2 128 2744 3 14
2744
2 64
2 32 5. Resolving 110592 into prime factors, we get
2 16 2 110592
2 8 2 55296
2 4 2 27648
2 2 2 13824
1 2 6912
2 3456
2. Let the numbers be x, 2x and 3x. Then 2 1728
(x)3 + (2x)3 + (3x)3 = 98784 2 2744 2 864
⇒ x3 + 8x3 + 27x3 = 98784 2 1372 2 432
3
⇒ 36x = 98784 2 686 2 216
98784 7 343 2 108
⇒ x3 = 7 49 2 54
36
7 7 3 27
⇒ x3 = 2744 ⇒ x = 3 2744 1 3 9
\ x = 3 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 × 7 × 7 ⇒ x = 2 × 7 = 14 3 3
Hence, the numbers are x = 14, 1
2x = 2 × 14 = 28 and 3x = 3 × 14 = 42. 2 × 2 × 2 ×2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
3
3. We observe that 1372 and 1458 both are not 110592 = 3
×2×2×2×3×3×3
perfect cubes. Therefore, we factorize them using
the property : = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 48.
3 3 3
∴ 1372 × 1458 = 1372 × 1458
Now, resolving 1372 and 1458 into prime factors Integer/Numerical Value Type
2 1458 a6 × b 3 × c 21 = 3 a6 −12 × b 3 × c 21− 9
3 729 1. (4) : We have 3
2 1372 c 9 × a12
3 243
2 686 3 81 b 3 × c12 (b 3 )1/ 3 (c12 )1/ 3 bc 4 bc 4
=3 = = =
7 343 3 27 a6 ( a6 )1/ 3 a2 a4 / 2
7 49 3 9 Hence k = 4.
7 7 3 3
1 2. (4) : We are given that p3 = 16p
1
⇒ p3 – 16p = 0
∴ 3
1372 × 3 1458 ⇒ p(p2 – 16) = 0
⇒ either p = 0 or p2 – 16 = 0
= 3 2×2×7×7×7×2×3×3×3×3×3×3
But p ≠ 0 (Given)
= 3 2×2× 2×7×7×7×3×3×3×3×3×3 ⇒ p2 – 16 = 0 ⇒ p = ±4
= 2 × 7 × 3 × 3 = 126. But p ≠ – 4, Hence p = 4.

M76 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

3. (2) : Since the unit’s place digit of xyz8 is 8
∴ Unit’s place digit of cube of xyz8 is 2.
Case Based Questions
4. (3) : Since the unit’s place digit of number 1234567 Case I
is 7. 1. (b) : (a) Prime factorisation of
∴ Unit’s place digit of cube of number is 3. 729 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
5. (21) : A
 ccording to the question, let the number \ 729 is a perfect cube.
be x. (b) Prime factorisation of 2724 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 227. Since,
\ x × x × x – 61 = 9200 2724 cannot be expressed as a product of triplets.
⇒ x3 – 61 = 9200 ⇒ x3 = 9261 \ 2724 is not a perfect cube.
(c) Prime factorisation of
Taking cube root on both sides, we get
3375 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5
x = (9261)1/3 ⇒ x = 21
\ 3375 is a perfect cube.
125 3 729 3 5 × 5 × 5 9×9×9 (d) Prime factorisation of 1331 = 11 × 11 × 11
6. (14) : 3 + = +3
1000 1000 10 × 10 × 10 10 × 10 × 10 \ 1331 is a perfect cube.
 53 
1/ 3
 93 
1/ 3 2. (d) : (a) Since, 181 cannot be expressed as a
5 9 14 n
=  +   = + = = product of triplets. So, 181 is not a perfect cube.
 10 3   10 3  10 10 10 10 (b) Since, 521 cannot be expressed as a product of
Hence, n = 14. triplets. So, 521 is not a perfect cube.
(c) Since, factorisation of 105 = 3 × 5 × 7 cannot be
7. (1) : We have a = 2b, b = 4c
expressed as a product of triplets. So, 105 is not a
a2 ( 2b )2 perfect cube.
3 =3
16bc 16 × 4c × c (d) Prime factorisation of 216 = 6 × 6 × 6
\ 216 is a perfect cube.
4b 2 4 × 16 × c 2 3. (b) : If a number ends with one zero, then its
=3 =3 = 31=1
16 × 4 × c 2
16 × 4 × c 2 cube ends with three zeros. So, if a number ends
with two zeroes, then its cube ends with six zeroes.
8. (2) : 36 × 4 3 × 2 6 36 × ( 2 2 ) 3 × 2 6 4. (c) : Prime factorisation of 25272
3 =3
89 × 2 3 ( 2 3 )9 × 2 3 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 13
The prime factor 3 × 3 × 13 = 117 does not appear
36 × 2 6 × 2 6 36 ( 36 )1/ 3 in the group of three.
=3 =3 =
2 27 × 2 3 218 ( 218 )1/ 3 So, we divide the number 25272 by 117 to make it
2 k a perfect cube.
32 32 3 32
3 5. (d) : Prime factorisation of 6860
= = = =  = 
2 6 3 2
(2 ) 8 2 8
  8 =2×2×5× 7×7×7
Hence k = 2 The prime factor 2 × 2 × 5 = 20 does not appear in
9. (7) : If unit’s place digit of number is 3, then the group of three. So, we divide the number 6860
unit’s place digit of its cube is 7. by 20, to make it a perfect cube.
10. (22) : By the method of prime factorisation. Case II
2 10648 1. (d) : Let the length, breadth and height be
2 5324 9x, 7x and 8x respectively.
2 2662 Volume of the cuboid = 367416 cm3 (given)
11 1331 ⇒ 9x × 7x × 8x = 367416
11 121 ⇒ x3 = 729 ⇒ x = 3
729 = 3
9×9×9 ⇒ x = 9
11 11
2. (b) : Length of the cuboid = 9x = 9 × 9 = 81 cm
1
3. (a) : Breadth of the cuboid = 7x = 7 × 9 = 63 cm
Resolving 10648 into prime factors, we get
10648 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11 × 11 4. (c) : Height of the cuboid = 8x = 8 × 9 = 72 cm
5. (d) : Unit digit of the number 729 is 9.
∴ 3 10648 = 2 × 11 = 22
\ Unit digit of its cube must be 9.
Hence, cube root of 10648 is 22.

Mathematics | Class 8 Cubes and Cube Roots M77

 Case III x
A.T.Q., = 1728 ⇒ x = 62208
1. (d) : 3 740 xy = 42 36
\ The required number is 62208.
⇒ 740xy = (42)3
2. (a) : Prime factorisation of 62208
= 42 × 42 × 42 = 74088
=2×2×2×2×2×2×2×2×3×3×3×3×3
2. (a) : The given number is 740xy
Thus, the prime factors 2 and 3 do not appear in
Compare it with 74088, we get, x = 8 and y = 8
the group of three.
\ Required difference = 8 – 8 = 0
3. (b) : The least number by which 62208 must be
3. (c) : Required product = x × y = 8 × 8 = 64 multiplied to make it a perfect cube is 2 × 3 = 6.
x 4. (c) : Number obtained = 62208 × 6 = 373248
4. (a) : Given = k , where x = 8 and y = 8
y
Now, 373248 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 ×
8
⇒ =k⇒ k = 1 3×3×3×3×3×3
8
5. (c) : Cube of a negative number is always 3 3
\ 373248 = 2 3 × 2 3 × 2 3 × 33 × 33
negative.
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 = 72
Case IV
5. (b) : The prime factorisation of 2744 is 2 × 2 × 2
1. (d) : Let the number be x. ×7×7×7
Now, cube root of quotient = 12.
\ Quotient = (12)3 = 1728 \ Cube root of 2744 = 2 × 7 = 14



M78 Cubes and Cube Roots Class 8 | Mathematics

BIOLOGY
 04

Heredity

Accumulation of Variations Monohybrid Cross

Learning
Heredity and Genetics Dihybrid Cross
Outcomes...
Rules for Inheritance Sex Determination

Introduction
Every individual, be it a bird or an animal or a human, produces individuals similar to it by reproductive
processes. Thus, parent’s characters are transferred to offsprings. Transmission of characters from parents
to offsprings is known as heredity. Thus, heredity is defined as process of transmission/inheritance of
characters from one generation to the next generation.
Although, offsprings inherit characters from their parents, they are not exact copies of their parents. They
may differ in their skin, colour, height, facial features, etc. All these differences are called variations.
The term variation is defined as the ”differences in the traits or characters among the individuals of a
species”. Variations are inherited and accumulated. In long term, they lead to evolution and development
of a new species.

Accumulation of Variations
Variations are generated due to changes in environmental factors and reproduction.

Environmental factors
A common basic body design is inherited from parent generation which is subjected to possible changes,
that may enable the organism to be better adapted to environment. Thus, second generation organisms
will show variations from first generation organisms and subsequent generation organisms will show
variations from their parent generations.
For example, in a bacterial colony, various individuals show variations in their heat resistance capacity.
If temperature rises, then most bacteria will die, and only few variants will be left which will be able to
withstand higher environmental temperature. This variation of comparatively more heat resistance will
go on accumulating in the bacteria of successive generations and ultimately highly heat resistant variants
will develop which will be able to survive even at very high temperature.

Reproduction
Reproduction maintains newly created differences in second generation besides those variations that they
inherit from the first generation. It can be explained by the given figure.
In asexually reproducing organisms e.g., bacteria, individual bacteria generated would be very similar
to parents and are known as clones. There would be very minor differences between them, due to small
inaccuracies in DNA copying or due to some environmental factors like light, scarcity of food, abundance
of food, temperature etc., or mutation which are sudden changes in genes.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 125

 Whereas, in sexual reproduction greater variations are generated because of:
(i) Exchange of DNA segments during crossing over in gamete formation.
(ii) Union of traits from two different parents during fertilisation.
Variations get accumulated or discarded as a combined effect of environmental factors and reproduction
process. This selection or rejection of variations forms the basis for evolution.

Generation-I

Different colours
II show newly
created
differences

III

Fig.: Creation of diversity over succeeding generations. The original organism at the top will give rise to, say two individuals,
similar in body design, but with subtle differences. Each of them, in turn, will give rise to two individuals in the next generations.
Each of the four individuals in the bottom row will be different from each other. While some of these differences will be unique,
others will be inherited from their respective parents, who were different from each other.

Mutation COMPETITION WINDOW

 Mutation is a sudden random change in
the genetic material of a cell that can cause single organism, but germline mutations
alteration in appearance or behaviour (i.e., which occur in the reproductive cells or their
in phenotype) from the normal type. This precursors get transmitted to the organism’s
change can be heritable and pass on to descendants and cause abnormal development.
the next generation. An organism affected Mutations occur naturally at a low rate but
by a mutation (especially one with visible this may be increased by radiation and by
effects) is described as a mutant. Somatic some chemicals called mutagens. Mutation
mutations affect the non-reproductive cells is therefore essential for evolution, as it is the
and are therefore restricted to the tissues of a ultimate source of genetic variation.

Heredity and Genetics

Heredity is the process of transmission of characters/traits from parents to the offsprings.
Genetics is defined as a branch of science which deals with the study of heredity and variation.
W. Bateson first coined the term genetics in 1905.

D O YO U
KNOW?
 Word genetics is derived from the Greek word “genesis” meaning ‘to grow into’
or ‘to become’.
 Mutations were discovered by Hugo de Vries.
Characters that are seen in an individual (e.g., height, facial features, body colour, etc.) are called traits.
They are of two types:
z Inherited traits : Traits that are transferred from one generation to another are called inherited
traits. These traits are determined by germplasm or, specifically by genes of an individual
(e.g., body colour, eye colour, etc.). They may also generate spontaneously due to environmental
factors (mutation in genes) and then get transferred to future generations.

126 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

 ACTIVITY To study variations of ear lobes among your classmates.
CORNER  Procedure : (i) Count the number
of students with free ear lobes.
(ii) Count the number of students
with fused ear lobes.
(iii) Find out percentage of these
two types of ear lobes in your class and tabulate
the findings. Free ear lobes Fused ear lobes

(iv) Ask them about ear lobe types of their parents, tabulate the data.
(v) Correlate the ear lobe type of each student with that of his/her parents.
 Observe : (i) Which ear lobe type is most common ?
(ii) Does the child with fused ear lobes have one of the parents with fused ear lobes ?
(iii) If yes, then can we say that ear lobe type is an inherited character?
 Conclusion : Free ear lobes are more common. Children with fused ear lobes have either one
or both parents with fused ear lobes. Thus ear lobe type is inherited from parents and shows
variations among a group of human individuals.

z Acquired traits : These traits are simply acquired during the lifetime of an individual and are not
transferred to future generations as they have not affected genes (e.g., loss of an organ in an accident,
experiences gained in life). Thus these traits are not important in studies of genetics and evolution.
E.g., if, we surgically remove tail of a mouse, its future generations will not be tail-less; because
removal of the tail cannot change the genes in the germ cells of the mouse.

ACTIVITY If you know a person with any organ loss (e.g., eye, leg or hand) then find out
CORNER whether organ loss is an inherited or acquired trait.
 Procedure : Track history of a person’s past generations for absence or
presence of that organ. Find out if his children lack that particular organ.
Analyse the findings.
 Analysis and Conclusion : No one in his past or future generations shows absence of that
particular organ. It shows that it is an acquired trait and not an inherited one.

Illustrations
2 How does the creation of variations in a
1 If a trait A exists in 10% of a population of species promote survival?  (NCERT)
an asexually reproducing species and a trait B Ans.: Variations are produced to enable the
exists in 60% of the same population, which trait is organisms to lead for better adaptation to their
likely to have arisen earlier?  (NCERT) environment. An organism adapted better to its
environment will have better chances of survival.
Ans.: During reproduction, variations accumulate.
3 What is the difference between genetics and
Variations occurring in first generation will
heredity?
be inherited to subsequent generations, thus
Ans.: Heredity is the transmission of characters/
should be more frequent. Here trait B occurs traits from parents to the offsprings. While
in more individuals thus it is likely to have genetics is defined as a branch of science which
arisen earlier. deals with the study of heredity and variation.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 127

 Gregor Johann Mendel (1822 – 1884) COMPETITION WINDOW
 Mendel joined a monastery and went on to study
science and mathematics at the University findings in 1866 in the “Annual proceedings
of Vienna. Failure in the examinations for of the Natural History Society of Brunn”. His
a teaching certificate did not suppress his findings remained unknown until these were
zeal for scientific quest. He went back to his
rediscovered by three biologists namely, Hugo
monastery and started growing peas. Many
de Vries of Netherland, Karl Correns of
other scientists had studied the inheritance
of traits in peas and other organisms earlier, Germany and Erich von Tschermark of
but Mendel blended his knowledge of science Austria independently in 1900. The forgotten
and mathematics and was the first one to keep work of Mendel was republished in 1901.
count of individuals exhibiting a particular trait Mendel’s findings formed the basis of the
in each generation. This helped him to arrive science of genetics and he is credited as the
at the laws of inheritance. He published his father of genetics.

Rules for Inheritance – Mendel’s Contributions

Our knowledge about inheritance of traits is based upon Mendel’s work. He conducted his experiments
over a period of eight years on the common garden pea plant (Pisum sativum).

Selection of garden pea as the experimental plant

S. No. Character Dominant Recessive
Mendel observed the following advantages in selecting pea
plant: trait trait
z Garden pea plant has a short life cycle. It makes possible 1. Seed shape
to study several generations within a short period. Round Wrinkled

z It shows several well defined, easily detectable contrasting 2. Seed colour

traits. E.g., violet and white flowers. Yellow Green
z Bisexual pea flower; maturing of male and female 3. Flower colour
reproductive organs at the same time and complete Violet White
enclosure of reproductive parts by petals ensure self-
pollination. Self pollination helps to maintain purity of 4. Pod shape
Full Constricted
genes.
z Artificial cross pollination (hybridisation i.e., removal of 5. Pod colour
stamens and dusting the pistil of flowers with pollen grains Green Yellow
of desired plants) can be easily achieved as reproductive
organs are large enough to be seen with naked eyes. 6. Flower
z Seven traits selected by Mendel were readily available position
Axial Terminal
in all pea plants. They can be raised, maintained and
handled conveniently.
z Pea plants produce large number of seeds in one 7. Stem height
generation. This helps in drawing authentic conclusions.
Mendel performed separate crosses involving one, two
or three different contrasting characters. These crosses
Tall Dwarf
were respectively called monohybrid, dihybrid and
trihybrid crosses. Fig.: Seven pairs of contrasting characters in
pea plant studied by Mendel

D O YO U
KNOW?
 Mendel performed experiments in 3 stages :
– Selection of pure or true breeding parents obtaining F1 generation.
– Self-pollination of F1 plants to get subsequent generations.
– Hybridisation to produce hybrid.

128 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

 Important Terms COMPETITION WINDOW
 Mendelian factor or Gene: A gene is the
segment of DNA which is carried from the character on its homologous chromosomes
parent to progeny by gametes and controls is called heterozygous or hybrid for that
the expression of a character in the organism particular character. These organisms on self
along with another factor or its allele. Gene breeding produce offsprings in the ratio of
is considered as unit of inheritance. 3 : 1. For example, pea plants with alleles Tt
 Alleles or Allelomorphs: The two Mendelian are heterozygous for height.
factors which occur on the same loci in the  Genotype is the genetic constitution of an
homologous chromosomes of an individual organism, e.g., genotype of a hybrid tall is
and control a character are called alleles or Tt, pure tall is TT and dwarf is tt with regard
allelomorphs, e.g., T, and t are considered to the character of height.
alleles of gene for plant height.  Phenotype: Phenotype of an individual refers
 Multiple alleles are three or more alternative to the expressed or observable, structural and
forms of a gene (alleles) that can occupy the functional traits produced by the interaction of
same locus but only two of the alleles can be genes and environment, for example, height of
present in a single organism. For example, the a plant, colour of a flower, colour and shape
ABO system of blood groups is controlled by of a seed, etc.
three alleles IA, IB and i only two of which are  Back cross: It is a cross which is made
present in an individual. between a hybrid and one of its parents. In
 Homozygous organism: An organism plant breeding, such crosses are performed to
which contains identical alleles of a character improve the variety of crop plants. For example,
on homologous chromosomes is said to be a crop plant is crossed with a wild variety (all
homozygous or genetically pure for that crop plants are originated from wild varieties)
character. Homozygous organisms give rise in order to obtain its disease resistance.
to offsprings having the same traits on self  Reciprocal cross: Reciprocal cross involves
breeding. For example, pea plants with TT or the same trait but sexes are reversed to those
tt alleles are homozygous for height. in the original cross.
 Heterozygous organism: An organism  Test cross: Cross between an individual of
which contains two different alleles for a unknown genotype and recessive parent.

Monohybrid cross
Crosses between the parents which differ only in one pair of contrasting
characters are known as monohybrid crosses. Mendel crossed two sets
of pea plants with contrasting characters for height. One set of pea
plants was above 6’ (six feet) in height and the other set was of short Generation :
plants with an average height of 1’ (one foot). Mendel called these plants
homozygous tall and homozygous dwarf. These plants represented the
parent generation (P generation).
The pollen grains were collected from a flower of tall plant and dusted Generation :
over the pistils of emasculated flower of dwarf plant (vice-versa reciprocal
cross would not make any difference in the results). Care was taken
that the plants of P generation do not get self pollinated. After cross
pollination the flowers were covered with bags.
The plants grown from the seeds of parental plants were hybrid plants, they belonged to the F1 generation
or first filial generation. All plants of F1 generation were heterozygous tall (Tt).
The plants of F1 generation were self pollinated and seeds were collected. The plants raised from these
seeds belonged to second filial generation or F2 generation. Mendel observed that among the plants of
F2 generation 75% were tall and 25% were dwarf, i.e., tall and dwarf plants were produced in the ratio
of 3 : 1. F2 plants were self pollinated to produce, F3 generation.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 129

 Mendel observed that (i) dwarf plants (25%) of
F2 generation produced only dwarf plants. (ii)
25% F2 tall plants produced tall plants on self-
pollination. These were called pure tall or
homozygous tall plants. (iii) 50% tall plants
produced tall and dwarf in the ratio of 3 : 1 on
self-pollination. These were called hybrid tall
plants.
Thus, it concluded that out of the two characters
of parents only one expresses itself in hybrids.
This character was termed as dominant trait and
the other as recessive trait. It also showed that
dominant trait (tallness) is expressed in both homo
or heterozygous conditions while recessive trait
appears only in homozygous conditions.

Dihybrid cross
Crosses which involve parents differing in two
pairs of contrasting characters simultaneously
are referred to as dihybrid crosses.
Mendel selected pure breeding plants for yellow
and green colour of seeds, and round and wrinkled
shape of the seeds. He cross-pollinated pure pea
plants having round yellow seeds (RRYY) and
wrinkled green seeds (rryy). 
Fig.: Progenies obtained from monohybrid cross
The plants of this generation were referred as
P generation or parent generation. The seeds
produced belonged to F1 generation (first filial
generation) and all were round and yellow.
Plants of F1 generation were self-pollinated. On
self-pollination these produced different seeds
in next generation (F2 generation or second filial
generation) as shown in the given dihybrid cross.
The ratio resulted in the following conclusions:

Findings of Mendel's dihybrid cross

z F1 offsprings always exhibited only one of
the parental form of a trait and not the other.
z Trait which was hidden in F1 generation
appeared in F2 generation. In F2 generation,
both the parental traits appeared. Mendel
termed the form of the trait expressed in F1
generation as dominant trait.
z Mendel observed a difference in the behaviour
of plants raised from F 2 offsprings with
dominant trait. One-third were true breeding,
rest two-third of plants were not true breeding
and resembled the F1 hybrid plants in their
behaviour.

130 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

z Mendel observed that one of the parental forms of the trait was always absent in F1 hybrid but
reappeared unchanged in the F2 generation. It proved that alternate forms of a trait can retain their
identity in the hybrid and can re-emerge unchanged in subsequent generations.
z In dihybrid crosses Mendel observed four types of plants in F2 generation. He concluded that the
factors of each of the two characters assort independent to each other.
z 4 types of phenotypes – round yellow : round green : wrinkled yellow : wrinkled green
Phenotypic ratio 9 : 3 : 3 : 1
(i) Round and yellow seeded plants – (9/16)
9 in all are of the following four genotypes in the ratio of 1 : 2 : 2 : 4.
(a) One plant with RRYY genotypic constitution (Homozygous) – 1/16
(b) Two plants with RRYy genotypic constitution (Heterozygous) – 2/16
(c) Two plants with RrYY genotypic constitution (Heterozygous) – 2/16
(d) Four plants with RrYy genotypic constitution (Heterozygous) – 4/16
(ii) Round and green seeded plants – (3/16)
3 in all are of the following two genotypes in the ratio of 1 : 2.
(a) One plant with RRyy genotypic constitution (Homozygous) – 1/16
(b) Two plants with Rryy genotypic constitution (Heterozygous) – 2/16
(iii) Wrinkled and yellow seeded plants – (3/16)
3 in all are of the following two genotypes in ratio of 1 : 2.
(a) One plant with rrYY genotypic constitution (Homozygous) – 1/16
(b) Two plants with rrYy genotypic constitution (Heterozygous) – 2/16
(iv) Wrinkled and green seeded plants – (1/16)
Only one plant with rryy genotypic constitution (Homozygous) – 1/16.
z Thus, genotypic ratio in dihybrid cross will be 1 : 2 : 2 : 4 : 1 : 2 : 1 : 2 : 1

Mendel’s laws
The above observations led Mendel to formulate his three principles/laws of heredity.

Conclusion drawn by Mendel on the basis of monohybrid cross

Principle or law of dominance

In a hybrid or heterozygous individual two dissimilar unit factors are present for one character. Out
of two factors (genes) only one is able to express itself and it prevents expression of the other. The one
which expresses itself is called dominant gene or factor and the one which remains unexpressed is called
recessive gene or factor. For example, in hybrid tall (Tt) only factor (gene) of tallness expresses itself,
hence it is called dominant character. These two contrasting characters are expressed by two different
alleles (forms) of a single gene.

Principle or law of segregation

The two unit factors of a character which remain together in an individual, do not get mixed up, and
keep their distinct identity. They separate or segregate during gamete formation so that each gamete
receives only one factor (gene) for each character and is always pure. This postulate is also called
principle of purity of gametes.
For example, in a hybrid tall pea plant, unit factors of tallness (T) and dwarfness (t) separate out or
segregate out during gamete formation. The two unit factors occur with equal frequency in male and
female gametes.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 131

 Illustrations Ans.: No, information is not sufficient because
daughter may have blood group O in both cases
4 How do Mendel’s experiments show that
whether blood group A or blood group O is
traits may be dominant or recessive? (NCERT)
dominant. It can be explained as follows:
Ans.: When plants with two contrasting characters (a) If blood group A is dominant – Mother will
(e.g., tall and dwarf) are crossed, only one character be homozygous for recessive allele O. Father with
is visible in F1 generation and other character is blood group A may be homo or heterozygous.
suppressed. It shows dominance of one character In homozygous condition he will lack allele O.
over other (recessive character). Daughter will get allele O from her mother only
and allele O being recessive will not be expressed.
5 How can we say that gametes maintain their
But if heterozygous, then father will also have
purity during reproduction? an allele for O. Daughter may get alleles for O
Ans.: F1 hybrids when selfed, produced plants from both parents and being homozygous for
with both dominant and recessive phenotypes. recessive allele O, she will have blood group O.
It showed that the two unit factors of a character (b) If blood group O is dominant – Father must
which remain together in an individual do not lack allele O to show blood group A. Mother may
get mixed up, or get contaminated and keep be either homozygous or heterozygous for allele
their distinct identity. They separate or segregate O. In both the conditions daughter will get one
during gamete formation. allele for blood group O . Allele O being dominant
will be expressed always and the daughter will
6 How do Mendel’s experiments show that have blood group O.
traits are inherited independently?  (NCERT) Thus, as daughter may have blood group O in
Ans.: In a dihybrid cross when two pairs both conditions thus we cannot say with certainty
of contrasting characters were considered which blood group is dominant.
simultaneously by Mendel, in F1 generation only
two dominant characters showed their appearance 8 A tall and a short pea plant are crossed and
but in F2 generation phenotypically two different all tall F1 progenies are obtained. F1 tall plants
types of recombinant characters appeared with are selfed and produced tall and dwarf plants
parental characters. Mendel concluded that each in 3 : 1 ratio in F2. Find out the genotype of F1
character is independent and it is due to their tall plant.
independent assortment that individuals with Ans.: As one dwarf plant has been produced in
four different combinations are produced. F2 generation and dwarf character is recessive,
dwarf F2 plant must have gained ‘t’ gene from
7 A man with blood group A marries a woman both its parents. Thus, F1 plant must have one ‘t’
with blood group O and their daughter has blood gene. And, as F1 plants have also produced tall
group O. Is this information enough to tell you plants with gene T, thus, it must have gene ‘T’
which of the traits – blood group A or O – is in its genotype. Thus F1 plant has a ‘T’ and a ‘t’
dominant? Why or why not ? (NCERT) gene and its genotype will be Tt i.e., hybrid tall.

Conclusion drawn by Mendel on the basis of dihybrid cross

Principle or law of independent assortment
This principle states that the unit factor of each character is assorted or distributed into the gametes
independent of the unit factors (genes) of any other character and gets randomly rearranged in the offspring.
For example, in Mendel’s dihybrid cross the offsprings of F1 generation after self breeding produced four
types of offsprings. Two types were similar to parents while the remaining two types had combination of
traits. This became possible because the unit factors of the two characters assorted independent to each
other.

132 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

 ACTIVITY To test if a F2 dominant phenotype is a pure strain or hybrid.
CORNER  In a monohybrid cross experiment, a dominant phenotype (say, yellow
seed colour) may be exhibited by homozygous (YY) or a heterozygous (Yy)
genotype i.e., a ‘pure’or a ‘hybrid’ form. The genotype of such an offspring
can be determined by a simple test called test cross. ‘A test cross is a cross in
which an individual with an unknown genotype but with dominant phenotype is crossed with an
individual (or parent) which is homozygous recessive for that trait.’ There are two possibilities –
(i) If all plants produced after test cross show dominant phenotypes then, F2 plants must be pure
strain.
(ii) If after test cross 50% tall and 50% dwarf plants are produced, then it must be a hybrid.

(pure recessive parent)

(All tall)

Inheritance of Traits
After knowing that characters are inherited from parents, the question arises that which entity controls
inheritance. Mendel proposed that a pair of factors, which are now called genes, control inheritance.
According to Mendelian experiments both parents must be contributing equally to the DNA of the progeny
during sexual reproduction, i.e., both parents must be contributing a copy of the same gene.
Thus, each progeny must have two sets of all genes, one inherited from each parent and for this mechanism
to work, a gamete must have only one gene set. Meiosis works for this purpose.
If progeny plants inherited a single whole gene set from each parent, then independent assortment cannot work,
because the two characteristics would then be linked to each other and cannot be independently inherited.
This is explained by the fact that each gene set is present, not as a single long thread of DNA, but as separate
independent pieces called a chromosome. Thus, each cell will have two copies of each chromosome, one each
from the male and female parents. Every germ cell will take one chromosome from each chromosome pair and
these may be of either maternal or paternal origin. When two germ cells combine, they will restore the normal
number of chromosomes in the progeny, ensuring the stability of the DNA of the species.
The paired condition of chromosomes is said to be diploid. The chromosome number in somatic cells of
higher organisms is diploid and is represented by 2N or 2n. A set of unpaired chromosomes is said to
be haploid and is represented by N or n. Gametes (sperm and ovum) have haploid set of chromosomes.
A section of DNA carries information for a particular type of protein to be synthesised. The protein may
be an enzyme which controls appearance of a particular character.
Let us take the example of inheritance of tallness in plants.
The height of a plant depends upon the amount of growth
hormone. Gene for tallness carries the information for Chromatids
synthesis of more efficient enzyme which in turn produces Centromere
more amount of hormone which leads to greater height
of a plant. On the other hand if plant has both alleles for
dwarfness then less efficient enzymes will be produced DNA Protein Particular character
which in turn will synthesise less amount of hormone and Fig.: Chromosome
plant will remain dwarf. In this way genes control
characteristics or traits of organisms.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 133

 Basic features of the mechanism of inheritance
(i) Characters (traits) are controlled by genes which are present on chromosomes.
(ii) There may be two or more forms (alleles) of the gene. One form may be dominant over the other form.
(iii) The two forms of the gene separate at the time of gamete formation so that each gamete has only one
allele.
(iv) The two forms of the gene (alleles) are brought together in the zygote after fertilisation of male and
female gametes.

D O YO U
KNOW?
 The chromosomes present in the nucleus of living cells serve as the vehicles of
transmission of characters.
 Garden pea has 14 chromosomes and human beings have 46 chromosomes.

Expression of Traits COMPETITION WINDOW

 Mendel proposed that a pair of factors, which
are now called genes, control inheritance. it was experimentally proved by the scientists
Later on, they were found to occupy specific Griffith (1928), and Avery, MacLeod and
positions on thread like structures called McCarty (1944) that DNA is the carrier
chromosomes. of the genetic information from generation
 Sutton and Boveri proposed chromosomal to generation. It transmits the hereditary
theory of inheritance. characters in a coded language from parents
 E. Strasburger discovered chromosomes to the offspring (i.e., from one generation to
in 1875. They appeared as thread like another).
structures during cell division. These were  DNA is a macromolecule or polymer. It is made
called chromosomes (Chroma = colour) due of very large number of ‘nucleotide’ units and
to their affinity for basic dyes. hence is termed polynucleotide.
 The genetic material present in  Each nucleotide unit in a DNA molecule is
chromosomes is DNA. Genes are segments made up of three components:
of DNA. (i) Deoxyribose sugar: It is a pentose sugar.
 Chromosomes are present in the nuclei of all Nitrogenous base: Each nucleotide unit
(ii) 
living cells. Each chromosome consists of two has a nitrogen containing base. In a DNA
strands called chromatids which are joined molecule, nitrogenous bases are of two types:
together at a point called centromere. Each
species has a fixed number of chromosome in Purines: The purines in a DNA molecule
(a) 
its cells. In diploid organisms, chromosomes are – Adenine (A) and Guanine (G).
are present in pairs, e.g., in human beings 46 P yrimidines: The pyrimidines in a
(b) 
chromosomes or 23 pairs of chromosomes are DNA molecule are – Cytosine (C) and
present in each cell. Thymine (T).
DNA (iii) Phosphate group: The phosphate group
 The expanded form of DNA is deoxyribonucleic contains one phosphorus atom and four
acid. It was first isolated by the scientist specifically linked oxygen atoms.
Frederick Meischer from the nucleus of the  Thus, there are four types of nucleotides in a
pus cells in 1869. He named it as ‘nuclein’ or DNA molecule depending upon the kind of
nucleic acid because of its acidic nature. Later, nitrogenous base present in each nucleotide.

134 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

 Genes form a particular protein in the cell. This protein
 The word ‘gene’ was introduced by Johannsen can function either as a structural protein or as
in 1909. a functional protein (enzyme).
 Genes are segments of DNA on a chromosome  On the basis of modern molecular concept,
occupying specific positions. For example, a gene is a hereditary unit, a segment of
30,000 – 40,000 genes are present on 46 DNA having specific sequence of nucleotides
human chromosomes. that determines its specific biological function.
 Chemically, each gene has a specific sequence It can maintain constancy from generation
of nucleotides which determines its functional to generation but at times may also undergo
property. It is the genes which determine all sudden inheritable changes to bring variations
the characters of an organism, like appearance, known as mutations.
complexion, shape and colour of eyes, shape of
 In sexual reproduction both parents contribute
nose and chin, etc. Actually, gene is a segment of
DNA molecule which has coded information to equal amount of DNA to the offsprings.

Sex Determination
Sex of a newborn individual is determined in different ways in
different species. Some species rely entirely on environmental Male

factors. Thus, in some animals, the temperature at which fertilised Female

eggs are kept, determines the sex of the individual. In snails, X X
individuals can change sex, indicating that sex is not genetically
determined. However, in human beings, the sex of the individual X X
Eggs
is genetically determined. In other words, the genes inherited
from the parents decide the sex of the offsprings.
X XX XX
In diploid (2N) organisms with separate sexes, a specific pair of
chromosomes determine the sex of the individual. They are called Sperms
X Y
sex chromosomes. All other chromosomes are called autosomes. XY XY
Y
In case of autosomes, a pair of chromosomes are exactly similar
as far as the shape and size are concerned, hence they are called Fig.: Sex determination in human beings
homologous chromosomes. Sex chromosomes are heterologous
i.e., different in shape and size. In human beings, 23 pairs of chromosomes are present in each cell. Out
of 23 pairs, 22 pairs of chromosomes carry genes which control somatic traits, these are called autosomes.
The 23rd pair of chromosomes determine the sex, hence these chromosomes are called sex chromosomes.
The human females have two X-chromosomes (i.e., XX) as sex chromosomes. Both the members of
sex chromosomes are similar or homomorphic. However, human males have XY sex chromosomes,
where X-chromosome is morphologically distinct from Y-chromosome. Y-chromosome is smaller than
X-chromosome. Thus, they are dissimilar or heteromorphic.
During fertilisation there are equal chances that an ovum is fertilised by either a sperm having
X-chromosome or a sperm having Y-chromosome. When a sperm carrying X-chromosome fertilises an
egg, the zygote develops into a female (XX condition). When a sperm carrying Y-chromosome fertilises
an egg, the zygote develops into a male (XY condition). Thus, the sex of a baby is determined at the
time of fertilisation. The mechanism by which the sex of an individual is determined as it begins life,
is called sex determination.
In grasshoppers and some other insects, the male has one sex chromosome (XO) whereas the female
has two homomorphic (of same size and shape) sex chromosomes (XX). This type of sex determination
mechanism is called XX-XO mechanism.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 135

 In different organisms, different mechanisms for sex determination work. For instance, in Drosophila
(fruit fly) ratio between the number of X chromosomes and number of complete sets of autosomes
will determine the sex. In higher plants heterologous sex chromosomes (like human) determine sex.
In some plants like Asparagus single gene controls sex determination. Sometimes, as in lower animals,
hormones control sex e.g., in Bonellia all larvae are genetically and cytologically same, but those who
land on another female worm develop into male (under influence of sex hormones of female worm)
while those who develop free in water, develop into female. In many reptiles, environmental factors
(e.g., temperature) determine sex e.g., in most turtle species only females are produced at 30 – 35°C and
only males at 23 – 28°C.

Illustrations If sperm having X chromosome fertilizes the

ovum with X chromosome then a female child is
9 The human male is heterogametic while human
produced, otherwise a male child is produced.
female is homogametic. Why are they called so?
Ans.: The human male produces two different types Parents XX ( ) XY ( )
of gametes (sperm with X-chromosome and sperm
with Y-chromosome) thus termed heterogametic
(heteros–different). Human female produces only Gametes X Ovum X Y Sperm
one type of gametes (ova with X-chromosomes)
thus termed homogametic.

10 How is the sex of the child determined in Progeny XX ( ) XY ( )

human beings?  (NCERT) Sex of the child (offspring) is determined by the

Ans.: Human female (XX) produces all gametes type of sperm that fuses with ovum at the time of
(ova) with X-chromosomes, while human male (XY) fertilization. Therefore, there is 50% chance of a
produces 50% gametes (sperms) with X-chromosome male child being born and a 50% chance of a female
while 50% gametes with Y-chromosome. child being born.

136 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

 CONCEPT MAP Heredity

Monohybrid

The two contrasting characters are

expressed by two different alleles
(forms) of a single gene.

In diploid organisms, autosomes

and sex chromosomes are present.
Dihybrid cross

Sex chromosomes in human females

are homomorphic (XX) while in males
are heteromorphic (XY).
Each gamete receives only one factor
(gene) for each character and is always
Sperm containing Y-chromosome
pure. fuses with egg and leads to maleness
(XY) wherease sperm containing
X-chromosome fuses with egg and
leads to femaleness (XX).

In four types of offspring, two types

were similar to parents while the
remaining two types had combination
of traits.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 137

 Solved Examples
1. What is genetics? allele and other one which does not show its effect
Ans.: Genetics is the branch of biology that deals on the offsprings in first generation is termed as
with the study of heredity and variations. The term recessive allele.
`genetics’ was coined by William Bateson in 1905.
6. A woman has only daughters. Analyse the
2. What are genes? situation genetically and provide a suitable
Ans.: Genes are segments of DNA having specific explanation. (NCERT Exemplar)
sequence of nucleotides that determines its specific Ans.: In human beings, females have XX and
biological function. males have XY as a set of sex chromosomes.
3. What is the result of small inaccuracies generated Female produces gametes (ovum) each with one X
during DNA multiplication? chromosome. Males on the other hand produces two
Ans.: The small inaccuracies generated during DNA types of gametes, half containing X chromosome
multiplication lead to variations. As changed DNA and half containing Y chromosome. A female child
codes for changed proteins, thus affects organism’s (daughter) is produced when ovum is fertilised by
structure and organisation, making it different from X chromosome containing sperm. Since, woman
other individuals of species in a particular aspect. has daughters only, this shows that X chromosome
4. Differentiate between inherited and acquired containing sperm has always fertilised the ovum.
traits.
7. Give reasons for the appearance of new
Ans.: Differences between inherited and acquired
combinations of characters in the F2 progeny.
traits are as follows:
 (NCERT Exemplar)
S. No. Inherited traits Acquired traits
Ans.: A breeding experiment dealing with two
(i) These are These are developed characters at the same time is called a dihybrid
obtained from the during the life of an
parents. individual. cross. In such a cross only one parental combination
(ii) These are genetic These are somatic appears in F1 generation. However, in F2 generation
variations. variations. raised by self pollination, four combinations of traits
appear. These include two parental types and two
(iii) These develop due These develop new combinations. A typical dihybrid cross in pea
to crossing over due to use and
phenomenon and disuse of organs plant is depicted as follows :-
mutations. and direct effect of Parents RRYY
×
rryy
environment. Round, yellow Wrinkled, green
seeds seeds

(iv) These are passed These are lost with

Gametes RY RY ry ry
on from one the death of the
generation to the individual. F1 generation RrYy RrYy
other. ×
Round, yellow (self Round, yellow
seeds pollination) seeds
5. When a red flowered plant was crossed with
white flowered plant, all F1 progeny showed only Gametes RY Ry rY ry RY Ry rY ry
red flowers. Define that law of Mendel which
supports this result. F2 generation :
Plant with Plant with Plant with Plant with
Ans.: It is first law of Mendel or the principle
round and round and wrinkled and wrinkled and
of dominance which states that out of the two yellow green yellow green
alternative factors or alleles, only one expresses seeds seeds seeds seeds
itself in offsprings which is known as dominant 9 : 3 : 3 : 1

138 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

New combinations of characters appear in F2 generation assortment. At the time of reproduction, two pairs of
because the inheritance of factors controlling a factors of each of the two traits in a dihybrid cross
particular trait in an organism are independent segregate independently during gamete formation
of each other. This is called law of independent and randomly form combinations in F2 generation.

NCERT Section
1. A Mendelian experiment consists of breeding 2. A study found that children with light coloured
tall pea plants bearing violet flowers with short eyes are likely to have parents with light coloured
pea plants bearing white flowers. The progeny eyes. On this basis, can we say anything about
all bore violet flowers, but almost half of them whether the light eye colour trait is dominant
were short. This suggests that the genetic make- or recessive? Why or why not?
up of the tall parent can be depicted as
3. Outline a project which aims to find the dominant
(a) TTWW
coat colour in dogs.
(b) TTww
(c) TtWW 4. How is the equal genetic contribution of
(d) TtWw. male and female parents ensured in the progeny?

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 139

 Exercise
(a) dominance
Multiple Choice Questions (b) segregation
(c) independent assortment
LEVEL - 1 (d) none of these.
1. Allele that cannot express itself in presence of 8. The genotypic ratio in F 2 generation of
another is monohybrid cross will be
(a) codominant (b) dominant (a) 1 : 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 1
(c) recessive (d) complementary. (c) 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 2.
R 9. Which one is a possible progeny in F2 generation
2. An organism with two unlike genes for a trait is of pure breed tall plant with round seeds and
called short plant with wrinkled seeds?
(a) homozygous (b) heterozygous (a) Tall plant with round seeds
(c) wild variety (d) dominant variety. (b) Tall plant with wrinkled seeds
(c) Short plant with round seeds
3. Mendel conducted his famous breeding Ap
(d) All of these
experiments by working on
(a) Drosophila (b) Pisum sativum 10. A segment of DNA providing information for a
(c) Escherichia coli (d) all of these. protein is called
(a) nucleus (b) chromosomes
4. Which of the following is a recessive trait in
(c) trait (d) gene.
garden pea plant?
(a) Tall stem 11. Mendel studied seven contrasting characters
(b) Wrinkled seeds for his breeding experiment with Pisum sativum.
(c) Green coloured pod  Which of the following character did he not use?
(d) Round seeds R (a) Pod colour (b) Pod shape
5. Which of the following represents the (c) Leaf shape (d) Plant height
characteristic of a pleiotropic gene? 12. Mendel’s laws apply only when
(a) Controls sexual characters (a) F1 in monohybrid cross shows two types of
(b) Present only in prokaryotes individuals
(c) Controls one character in association with (b) the characters are linked
the other (c) parents are pure breeding
(d) Controls more than one character (d) first pair of contrasting character is
dependent upon other pairs. An
6. The main reason for Mendel’s success in
discovering the principles of inheritance was 13. Mendel crossed a pure recessive white flowered
(a) he considered each character separately pea plant with a pure dominant red flowered
(b) he was lucky not to encounter with linkage plant. The first generation of hybrids from the
problem cross should show
(c) the plant was pure breeding (a) 50% white flowers and 50% red flowers
(d) all of these. U
(b) all red flowered plants
7. If a plant is heterozygous for tallness, the F2 (c) 75% red flowered and 25% white flowered
generation has both tall and dwarf plants. This plants
proves the principle of (d) all white flowered plants. Ap

140 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

14. Mutation is a
(a) change that causes evolution when inherited
LEVEL - 2
(b) change which affects the parents only but 22. Two pink coloured flowers on crossing resulted
never inherited in 1 red, 2 pink and 1 white flower progeny. The
(c) change which affects the offspring of F 2 nature of the cross will be
generation only (a) double fertilisation
(d) factor responsible for plant growth. R
(b) self pollination
15. Why were pea plants more suitable than dogs (c) cross fertilisation
for Mendel’s experiments ? (d) no fertilisation. (NCERT Exemplar)
(a) There were no pedigree records of dogs. 23. If a heterozygous tall plant is crossed with a
(b) Pea plants can be self-fertilised. homozygous dwarf plant, the proportion of
(c) All pea plants have only two chromosomes. dwarf progeny will be
(d) Dogs have many genetic traits. (a) 50% (b) 75%
16. If a tall plant is crossed with a dwarf plant, this (c) 100% (d) 25%.
type of cross is called
24. The crossing of a homozygous tall plant with a
(a) dihybrid (b) monohybrid
dwarf would yield plants in the ratio of
(c) reciprocal (d) trihybrid.
(a) two tall and two dwarf
17. How many genes a child receives from its father ? (b) one homozygous tall, one homozygous
(a) 25% (b) 50% dwarf and two heterozygous tall
(c) 75% (d) 100% U (c) all homozygous dwarf
(d) all heterozygous tall. Ap
18. Segregation of alleles takes place during
(a) meiosis (b) cleavage 25. A true breeding tall plant is crossed with a true
(c) fertilisation (d) crossing over. breeding short plant and the F1 produced is self
19. L aw of i ndep en den t a s s ort men t c a n be pollinated to produce F2 generation. Ratio of
proved on the basis of which of the following true breeding tall and true breeding short plant
ratios? in F2 generation will be
(a) 1 : 3 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 : 1 (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1
(c) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 (d) 2 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 3.

20. In a dihybrid cross four phenotypes form in the 26. Blue eye colour in human is recessive to brown
ratio of 9 : 3 : 3 : 1, because of eye colour. The expected children of a marriage
(a) dominance of one phenotype in each pair of between blue-eyed woman and brown-eyed
contrasting traits male who had a blue-eyed mother are likely to
(b) independent assortment of the genes of be in the ratio of
contrasting traits (a) all blue-eyed
(c) crossing over of genes (b) three blue-eyed and one brown-eyed
(d) mixed effect of dominance and (c) all brown-eyed
U (d) one blue-eyed and one brown-eyed. Ap
independent assortment.
21. An allele is said to be dominant if 27. Chromosome theory of heredity was formulated
(a) it is expressed in both homozygous and for the first time on the basis of which of the
heterozygous conditions following observations?
(b) it is expressed only in second generation (a) Chromosomes (like Mendelian factors)
(c) it is expressed only in heterozygous exhibiting segregation and independent
condition assortment during meiosis
(d) it is expressed only in homozygous (b) Chromosomes being main structure in
condition. nucleus

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 141

 (c) D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f s e x t h r o u g h s e x 33. Which one of the following is not one of the
chromosomes direct conclusions that can be drawn from
(d) A fixed number of chromosomes in each cell Mendel’s experiment?
of an organism (a) Only one parental trait is expressed.
(b) Two copies of each trait is inherited in
28. Recessive mutations are expressed
sexually reproducing organism.
(a) always since it is a mutation
(c) For recessive trait to be expressed, both
(b) in heterozygous condition
copies should be identical.
(c) neither in homozygous nor in heterozygous
(d) Natural selection can alter frequency
condition U
R of an inherited trait.
(d) in homozygous condition.
29. A true breeding tall and smooth-seeded pea LEVEL - 3 (HOTS)
plant was crossed with a true breeding dwarf Competency Focused Questions (CFQs)
and wrinkled-seeded plant. All the F 1 plants
34. In human males all the chromosomes are paired
were tall and demonstrate
perfectly except one. This/these unpaired
(a) principle of assortment of characters
chromosome is/are
(b) that recombination of characters appears in
(i) large chromosome (ii) small chromosome
F2 generation
(iii) Y-chromosome (iv) X-chromosome
(c) that P tall plants were heterozygous
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (iii) only
(d) that tallness was dominant over dwarfness.
(c) (iii) and (iv) (d) (ii) and (iv)
U  (NCERT Exemplar)

30. The fact that F1 plants when backcrossed with 35. In a plant, smooth seeds (S) are dominant
the recessive parent type yielded four types of over wrinkled seeds(s) and green seeds (G)
plants in equal proportion; it proved that the F1 are dominant over orange seeds (g). A plant
plants produced homozygous for smooth and green seeds
(a) four types of gametes in 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 ratio is crossed with a plant having wrinkled and
(b) four types of gametes in equal numbers orange seeds. The F1 offspring are self-crossed to
(c) two types of gametes in 3 : 1 ratio produce F2 generation. If a total of 144 offspring
are produced, how many plants are expected
(d) three types of gametes in 3 : 1 : 1 ratio.
to be having wrinkled and green seeds in F 2
31. In Drosophila, red eye character is dominant over generation, according to a typical Mendelian
white eye character. When a homozygous red- cross?
eyed individual is crossed with a homozygous (a) 9 (b) 18
white-eyed individual, and individuals of F1 (c) 27 (d) 81 Ap
generation are intercrossed, 12 individuals are
36. Some humans are able to roll their tongue, while
produced. White-eyed individuals of these will
others are not. Two parents (both tongue-rollers)
be
have four children, all of whom are not tongue-
(a) three (b) six
Ap rollers. Which of the following statements hold
(c) nine (d) twelve.
true regarding this?
32. In his experiments, Mendel did not come across (i) The allele for tongue-rolling is dominant.
linkage, because (ii) The probability that their next child will be
(a) he studied only pea plants a tongue-roller is 0.5.
(b) he did not have a powerful microscope (iii) The probability that their next child will not
(c) characters he studied were located on be a tongue roller is 0.75.
different chromosome pairs (iv) Both parents have one allele for tongue-
(d) there were too many chromosomes rolling and one allele for non-tongue-
involved. rolling.

142 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

 (a) (i) and (iii) only (b) (i) and (iv) only
(c) (ii) and (iii) only (d) (ii) and (iv) only
Assertion & Reason Type
37. A pea plant with yellow and round seeds Directions: In the following questions, a statement
(YYRR) is crossed with a pea plant having green of assertion is followed by a statement of reason.
and wrinkled (yyrr) seeds, then in F2 generation Mark the correct choice as:
of this dihybrid cross, 320 plants are produced. (a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason
Out of which 180 plants have same phenotypic is the correct explanation of assertion.
characters. Identify this phenotype. (b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason
(a) Yellow and wrinkled seeds is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(b) Yellow and round seeds (c) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(c) Green and round seeds (d) If assertion is false but reason is true.
(d) Green and wrinkled seeds An
1. Assertion : Mendel successfully postulated
38. Ruby crossed a tall pea plant with white flowers laws of heredity.
and a dwarf pea plant with violet flowers. She Reason : He recorded and analysed
performed a __________ . results of breeding experiments
(a) test cross (b) dihybrid cross quantitatively.
(c) natural selection (d) monohybrid cross
2. Assertion : In a monohybrid cross, offsprings
39. The dwarf variety of garden pea plants are now of F1 generation express dominant
known to have a mutation in a gene needed for character.
synthesis of gibberellin. F 1 plant obtained by Reason : Dominance occurs only in
Mendel from the tall (TT) × dwarf (tt) cross were heterozygous state.
tall.
Which of the following inferences can be drawn 3. Assertion : Pure lines are called true breeds.
from the given information? Reason : True breeds are used for cross
(i) Gibberellin causes elongation of stems. breeding.
(ii) Heterozygous (Tt) plants produce the same 4. Assertion : The principle of segregation given
amount of gibberellin as homozygous by Mendel is the principle of purity
dominant (TT) plants. of gametes.
(iii) Gibberellin induces production of auxin.
Reason : Gametes are pure for a character
(iv) Mutation may have occurred in a gene
and do not mix up.
producing an enzyme.
(a) (i) and (ii) 5. Assertion : A gene may have several allelo-
(b) (ii), (iii) and (iv) morphs.
(c) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) Reason : Wild form can mutate in more than
(d) (i), (ii) and (iv) one form.
40. If, in a plant, red colour of the flower is dominant Subjective Questions
over white. A cross was made between a plant
containing red flower and other with white Very Short Answer Type
flower. The cross yielded 50% white flowered
plant and 50% red flowered plant. The genotype 1. Define heredity.
of the parent with red flower is 2. Name two human traits that show variations.
(a) homozygous
3. What decides the sex of the child, sperm or ova?
(b) heterozygous
(c) cannot be determined 4. What is a gene?
(d) can be homozygous or heterozygous. Ap 5. Who is known as “Father of Genetics”?

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 143

 6. What are acquired traits? F1 selfing AaBb × AaBb

7. What are inherited traits? AB Ab aB ab AB Ab aB ab

Gametes

Short Answer Type F2 AB Ab aB ab

1. What is meant by chemical basis of heredity?

2. How will you justify selection of pea plant by AB AABB AABb AaBB AaBb
Mendel for heredity experiments? Ab AABb AAbb AaBb Aabb
aB AaBB AaBb aaBB aaBb
3. What were the results of Mendel’s monohybrid
ab AaBb Aabb aaBb aabb
cross?
 CFQs
4. Write the basic features of mechanism of
inheritance. 1. How many insect progenies would have red eye
5. Crossing of a pea plant with purple flower and long wings?
(a) 3/16 (b) 6/16
and pea plant with white flowers, produces 50
(c) 9/16 (d) 1/16
plants with only purple flowers. On selfing, the
plants produced 470 plants with purple flowers 2. The number of progenies with recombinant
and 160 with white flowers. Explain the genetic phenotypes are
mechanism accounting for the above results. (a) 4/16 (b) 9/16
(c) 15/16 (d) 6/16.
6. Why variations are more pronounced in sexual
reproduction than asexual one? 3. What will be the genotypic ratio in this cross?
(a) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1
7. When does a geneticist need to carry a test (b) 1 : 2 : 1 : 2 : 1 : 2 : 1
cross? How is it carried? (c) 15 : 1
8. Explain the inherited traits and acquired traits. (d) 1 : 2 : 2 : 4 : 1 : 2 : 1 : 2 : 1
4. Find out the ratio of White eyed short wings :
Long Answer Type Red eyed short wings : Red eyed long wings :
White eyed long wings.
1. Define Mendel’s experimental technique.
(a) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 3 : 3 : 9
2. Explain determination of sex among human (c) 1 : 3 : 9 : 3 (d) 1 : 2 : 2 : 4
beings, with the help of a diagram. 5. If a parent insect from the above given cross
3. (a) State and explain the law of segregation as is test crossed, then find out the fraction of
proposed by Mendel in a monohybrid cross. progenies with short wings.
(b) Name the pattern of inheritance where F1 (a) 9/16 (b) 1/2
phenotype: (c) 1/4 (d) 3/16
(i) resembles only one of the two parents. Case II : A person has one of the four blood groups :
(ii) does not resemble either of the two parents A, B, AB or O. This blood group system is controlled
and is in between the two. by a gene which has three alleles denoted by the
symbols I A, I B and i. When I A and I B are present
together they both express their own types, hence,
Case Based Questions they are codominant. However, alleles IA and IB both
Case I : In an insect, the (A) gene responsible for red are completely dominant over the i. Since there are
eye colour is dominant over white eye (a) whereas three different alleles, so, six different combinations
(B) gene responsible for long wings is dominant over of alleles are possible and therefore, a total of six
short wings (b). Consider the following dihybrid different genotypes of human ABO blood type are
cross represented by Punnett square. possible. CFQs

144 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

1. What will be the genotype of a person that has Case III : During the study of inheritance of two
'A' blood group? genes, teacher taught student a dihybrid self cross,
(a) IAIA (b) IAIB between AaBb and AaBb in which 1280 progenies
A
(c) I i (d) IAIA or IAi were produced. Based upon the above given
information answer the following questions.
2. If a man with blood group A marries a woman
 CFQs
with blood group B, what could be the possible
blood group of their child? 1. How many progenies produced are homozygous
(pure breed)?
(a) A or B only (b) A or AB only
(a) 480 (b) 380
(c) A, B, AB or O (d) AB only
(c) 160 (d) 240
3. If a male with ii genotype marries a female with
2. How many progenies will have one dominant
IAIB genotype, then what will be the blood group and one recessive character?
of their child? (a) 1280 (b) 640
(a) O (b) AB (c) 320 (d) 480
(c) AB or O (d) A or B
3. How many progenies will be hybrid for both the
4. In ABO blood group system dominant and recessive characters?
(a) IB is dominant over IA (a) 640 (b) 320
(b) i is dominant over IA and IB (c) 160 (d) 80
(c) i is recessive to IA and IB 4. The number of progenies that will be
(d) IA and IB are recessive over i. homozygous recessive are
5. If a woman with IAi genotype marries a man (a) 80 (b) 160
with the same genotype, then what will be (c) 40 (d) 320.
the chances of having a child with the same 5. Which among the following genotype will be
genotype? found in maximum number?
(a) 2/4 (b) 1/4 (a) Aabb (b) AABb
(c) 3/4 (d) 1 (c) AaBb (d) aaBb

ANSWER KEY

Multiple Choice Questions Assertion & Reason Type

1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (d) 1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a)
6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (d) Case Based Questions
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b) Case I
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (b) 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b) Case II
26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b) 1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (a)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (d) 35. (c) 36. (b) Case III
37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (b) 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c)

Biology | Class 10 Heredity 145

 04

Heredity

ovum. During the formation of gametes as a result

of reductional division (meiosis), sperms and eggs
receive only half of the genetic material of parent cell
1. (c) : All progeny bore violet flowers, so they all and thus become haploid. When fertilisation occurs,
must have gene for violet flower. As violet colour zygote is formed, which is diploid (2n). In this way,
appears in hybrids thus it must be the dominant both male and female parents contribute exactly
character. So, white flowered plant should have ww equal amount of genetic material to the offspring.
genes to show recessive white character. It indicates
that all progenies got allele W (violet colour) from Multiple Choice Questions
tall-violet flowered plant, thus its all gametes
should have W allele. To serve the purpose, plant 1. (c) : According to Mendel’s observations, in a
must have WW genes. But, tallness was found in hybrid only one of the alleles is expressed. The allele
that cannot express itself in presence of the other
50% progenies, thus half of its gametes contained
allele (dominant allele) is called recessive allele.
T gene and other half contained t gene. Inclusively,
the tall plant had TtWW genotype. 2. (b) : An organism with two unlike alleles of
a gene for a trait is called heterozygous for that
2. No. From the given statement, we cannot say
particular trait. For example pea plant with Tt alleles.
with certainity whether light eye colour is dominant
It is heterozygous for height.
or recessive. However, since both children and their
parents have light eye colour, the possibility is that 3. (b) : Mendel conducted his famous breeding
light eye colour is a recessive trait. If the light eye experiments by working on garden pea, Pisum
colour had been a dominant trait, the homozygous sativum.
light eyed parents would have only light eyed 4. (b) : Wrinkled seed is a recessive character. It
children but heterozygous light eyed parents might was among seven pairs of contrasting characters
had some recessive dark eyed children ( 3 : 1 ratio). chosen by Mendel.
3. (i) Select two varieties of dogs one with white 5. (d)
coat colour, the other with black coat colour. 6. (d) : Before Mendel, several scientists performed
(ii) Crossbreed them taking male dog from one breeding experiments to study inheritance, but they
variety and bitch (female dog) from the other variety. could not succeed. Reasons for Mendel’s success
(iii) Observe the colour of offsprings of F1 generation. were all the mentioned factors. Besides these, most
(iv) Now, bring about breeding among the organisms important reason for Mendel’s success was that he
of F1 generation. kept definite numerical records which helped him
(v) Observe the coat colour of organisms (pups) of to deduce ratios of different progenies.
F2 generation and note the variations in coat colour. 7. (b) : According to Mendel’s law of segregation
(vi) Draw conclusions on the basis of your study. if two alleles remain together in an organism
One of the probable inheritance pattern may be as (heterozygous tall) they do not get mixed and
given below. separate or segregate in next generation.
Phenotypic ratio = 3 : 1, Black coat colour (3) : White 8. (a) : The genotypic ratio in F 2 generation of
coat colour (1) monohybrid cross will be 1(pure, dominant) :
4. A zygote is formed by the fusion of sperm and 2(hybrid, dominant) : 1 (pure, recessive).

Biology | Class 10 Heredity B35

 9. (d) : A cross between pure breed tall plant with always result in new combination of genes and
round seeds and short plant with wrinkled seeds purity of individuals will not be maintained which is
produces four types of phenotypes in their progenies essential for inheritance studies. While in pea plant
which are as follows: self fertilisation occurs mostly and it has shorter life
cycle as compared to dogs.
Parent TT RR rr
Pure tall plant with Pure short plant with
16. (b) : If a tall plant is crossed with a dwarf plant
round seeds wrinkled seeds then it is a monohybrid cross because it is taking one
F1 generation character at a time.
TtRr
Hybrid tall with round seeds 17. (b) : Father and mother both give haploid
number (n) of chromosomes to child which together
F2 generation Selfing
form diploid (2n) chromosome number. Thus one
TR Tr tR tr parent’s contribution is
+
18. (a) : Segregation of alleles takes place during
TR TTRR TTRr TtRR TtRr
meiosis. Meiosis is a reductional division in which a
Tr TTRr Ttrr TtRr Ttrr chromosome number is reduced to half, so the alleles
tR TtRR TtRr RR Rr present on homologous chromosome segregate.

TtRr Ttrr Rr rr 19. (c) : In Mendel’s dihybrid cross, with yellow
tr
round and green wrinkled seeds 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 ratio was
9 : 3 : 3 : 1
obtained showing four phenotypes. Yellow colour
Tall plant : Tall plant : Short plant : Short
was originally present with round seeds but in F2
with round with wrinkled with round plant with
generation it was assorted independently of round
seeds seeds seeds wrinkled seeds
seed character and expressed with wrinkled seeds.
10. (d) : A segment of DNA providing information Same is the case with green colour. Thus, it shows
for a protein is called gene. Gene stores information independent assortment of characters.
in the form of nucleotide sequence and acts as unit 20. (b) : Refer to answer 19.
of inheritance.
21. (a) : An allele is said to be dominant if it is
11. (c) : Mendel did not use leaf shape character. He expressed in both homozygous and heterozygous
used seven characters which were pod colour, pod conditions. It is generally represented by capital
shape, seed shape, seed colour, flower colour, flower alphabets.
position and stem height.
22. (c) : Self pollination involves the transfer of
12. (c) : Mendelian principles apply only when
pollen grains from the anther of a flower to the
parents are pure breeding. They are having similar
stigma of the same or another flower borne on the
alleles of the gene for the character in concern.
same plant. Cross fertilisation is act of fertilisation
Their purity can be checked as on selfing they
produce morphologically and structurally similar (fusion of male and female gamete) that occurs
offsprings. between different individuals of same species. Since
the progeny is produced, so the pollination must
13. (b) : In first generation, all plants will have one
have occurred followed by fertilisation.
dominant allele and one recessive allele. Presence of
dominant allele in all progenies will produce all red 23. (a) : If a heterozygous tall plant is crossed with a
flowered plants in F1 generation. homozygous dwarf plant, then proportion of dwarf
14. (a) : Mutations are sudden inheritable changes progeny will be 50%. It is a test cross.
in DNA of the cell. They occur naturally and
are usually recessive. They can also be induced.
Mutations create inheritable variations which cause
evolution.
15. (b) : Dogs are unisexual. A female can produce
progeny only after fertilisation by a male. It will

B36 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

24. (d) : The crossing of a homozygous tall plant 27. (a) : Chromosome theory of heredity was
with a dwarf would yield all heterozygous tall plants formulated by Sutton and Boveri. They proved
containing both the alleles. Tallness is a dominant that genes (factors of Mendel) are situated
trait over dwarfism. So even in heterozygous
condition all plants are tall. on chromosomes. These are not genes but
chromosomes that separate and cross over during
sexual reproduction and carry out inheritance and
variations.
28. (d) : Recessive mutations can express only in
homozygous condition as in heterozygous condition
presence of dominant normal gene will mask their
expression.

25. (b) : When a true breeding tall plant is crossed 29. (d) : When a true breed tall and smooth seeded
with a true breeding short plant and the F1 produced pea plant crossed with a true breed dwarf and
is self pollinated to produce F2 generation, the ratio wrinkled seeded plant, all plants were tall and
of true breeding tall and short plant in F2 will be smooth seeded in F1. It demonstrates that tallness
1 : 1.
and seed smoothness was dominant over dwarfness
and wrinkled seed. F 1 plants were genotypically
hybrids but phenotypically dominant character was
expressed.
30. (b) : Recessive parent will produce single type
of gametes. Thus four phenotypes may result due
to four different gametes produced by F1 plants. F1
plants are hybrids and contain both of the alleles of
characters.
31. (a) : It is a monohybrid cross. Monohybrid
cross produces progeny of F2 generation in ratio
3 : 1 where 1 is the ratio of recessive progeny. Here
26. (d) : Recessive character is expressed only in in, the number of recessive white eyed individuals
homozygous condition thus blue-eyed woman will can be found by:
have bb genotype, while brown-eyed man may Total number according to ratio = 3 + 1 = 4.
have BB or Bb genotype. But the man had a blue- Total number of individuals produced actually = 12
eyed mother so, he will have Bb genotype. It can be
1
explained as follows: Number of white eyed individuals = × 12 = 3
4
32. (c) : Linkage is found between those genes which
are situated in close proximity. Characters studied
by Mendel were located distantly on different
chromosome pairs.
33. (d) : ‘Natural selection can alter frequency of
an inherited trait’ is not concluded by Mendel’s
experiments because all the experiments of Mendel
were done in controlled environment and there was
no scope of natural selection to act.
34. (c) : In human beings, a specific pair of
chromosomes called sex chromosomes, in each

Biology | Class 10 Heredity B37

 diploid cell determines the sex of the individual. 37. (b) : In a normal cross, we have the phenotypic
Women have a perfect pair of sex chromosomes, both ratio of 9 : 3 : 3 : 1, where offsprings are 9 - Yellow
called X. Men on the other hand have a mismatched round seeds, 3 - Green round seeds, 3 - Yellow
pair in which one is normal sized X and other one wrinkled seeds, 1 - green wrinkled seeds
is short Y. So women are XX and male are XY. In 320 offsprings, 180 offsprings have same
phenotype, this states that these 180 plants have
35. (c) : When a plant homozygous for smooth
phenotype yellow and round seeds. This can be
and green seeds is crossed with a plant having
explained as follows
wrinkled and orange seeds and the F1 produced is
x 180 × 16
self pollinated to produce F2 generation, four types × 320 = 180 ; x = =9
16 320
of phenotypes are produced in their progenies as
So, 180 offsprings will have yellow round seeds.
follows:
38. (b)
Parents SSGG X ssgg
(Smooth green) (Wrinkled orange) 39. (d) : The given data says that dwarf plants have
mutated gene for gibberellin synthesis, it indicates
Gametes SG sg that gibberellin causes elongation of stems. As both
SsGg
F1 generation (Smooth green) heterozygous (Tt) and homozygous dominant (TT)
plants obtained from the cross between tall (TT)
F2 generation
and dwarf (tt) plants are tall, it indicates that both
+ SG Sg sG sg of them produce the same amount of gibberellin.
SG SSGG SSGg SsGG SsGg Mutation that has affected gibberellin synthesis may
Sg SSGg SSgg SsGg Ssgg be one that resulted in non-synthesis of a protein
sG SsGG SsGg ssGG ssGg that functions as an enzyme during the process of
sg SsGg Ssgg ssGg ssgg gibberellin synthesis. The data says nothing about
the relationship between gibberellin and auxin, thus
Phenotypic ratio : the inference (iii) cannot be made.
9 : 3 : 3 : 1 40. (b) : Two possible genotypes of plant with red
Smooth Wrinkled Smooth Wrinkled flower are RR and Rr.
Green Green Orange Orange Case I
Seeds Seeds Seeds Seeds
If total number of offsprings are 144, then number
of plants having wrinkled and green seeds are
3
× 144 = 27.
16
Case II
36. (b) : In the given case the parents should be
heterozygous, for tongue rolling character with the
genotype Tt.
The probability that their next child will be a tongue
roller is 0.75 while the probability of not being
tongue roller is 0.25.
Tt Tt
Thus, the genotype of parent with red flower is Rr.
(Tongue roller) × (Tongue roller)

Gametes T t T t
Assertion & Reason Type
1. (a)
TT Tt Tt
(Tongue
(Tongue (Tongue (Not tongue 2. (c) : Monohybrid cross is a cross between two
roller) roller) roller)
roller) organisms of a species considering a single pair of

B38 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

alleles or factors of a character. Dominant character 7. Traits that are transferred from one generation
express itself whether present in homozygous or to another are called inherited traits, e.g., eye colour.
heterozygous state. In F1 generation, progenies are
heterozygous dominant.
Short Answer Type
1. Transmission of characters from one generation
3. (b) : Pure line is a strain of genetically true
to another is termed as heredity. Carrier of hereditary
breeding individuals. Members of pure line are
information are genes that are segments of DNA.
homozygous for one or more characters. In
DNA (a chemical compound) is the chemical basis
homozygous form both the factors express the same
of heredity. Chemically, each gene has a specific
effect. They are used for cross breeding in order to
sequence of nucleotides which determines its
get the desired improvement in crops.
functional property.
4. (a) : According to principle of segregation (first Chromosome → DNA → genes → proteins.
law of Mendel), the two factors of a character which These proteins (either functional or structural)
remain together in an individual do not get mixed express phenotype of the individual.
up but keep their identity distinct and separate at 2. Mendel selected pea plant for breeding
the time of gametogenesis. Gametes carry a single experiments because of the following features:
factor or allele for a trait. The two Mendelian factors
present in the F1 plants segregate during gamete S. No. Feature Advantage
formation. The principle of segregation is called the (i) Annual plant Short life cycle helped to
principle of purity of gametes because segregation study larger number of
of the two Mendelian factors of a trait results in generations in shorter time.
gametes receiving only one factor out of a pair. As a
(ii) Contrasting Made analysis more
result gametes are always pure for a character.
characters convenient and reliable.
5. (a) : A c c o r d i n g t o M e n d e l ’ s c o n c e p t o f
(iii) Easy Artificial cross pollination
inheritance, each gene has two alternative forms
hybridisation is quite easy due to large
or allelomorphs, one being dominant and the other
reproductive structures.
recessive. Practically, the wild form can mutate in
several ways. The mutant form can also mutate once It helped in crossing pure
again to give rise to another mutant form. Therefore, plants with contrasting
a gene can have more than two allelomorphs. These characters.
allelomorphs make a series of multiple alleles. (iv) Self fertility Made possible to maintain
homozygous pure lines for
Subjective Questions a particular character.
(v) High number Thus, sufficient number
Very Short Answer Type
of seeds of progenies of each
1. Heredity is the inheritance of characters from generation obtained.
one generation to the next.
3. Monohybrid cross involves single pair of
2. Colour of eyes and shape of external ears. contrasting characters e.g., cross between a tall
3. The sperm decides the sex of the child because and a dwarf plant. Results obtained from Mendel’s
it may be carrying X chromosome or Y chromosome, monohybrid cross were –
while egg always carries X chromosome. (i) When a cross is made between the contrasting
4. Gene is the unit of inheritance. It is a segment pair of a trait, only one of the traits appears in F1
of the chromosome which controls hereditary generation. Mendel named it dominance of one trait
characteristics. over the other (recessive one).
5. G.J. Mendel is known as “Father of Genetics”. (ii) The trait which has failed to express itself in
6. Acquired traits are changes in the non- F1 generation again expresses itself (reappears) in
reproductive tissues caused by environmental F2 generations. Mendel named it law of purity of
factors. gametes.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity B39

 4. The basic features of mechanism of inheritance through germ cells, to the progeny resulting in
are as follows: variations in them. Acquired traits are changes in
(i) Characters are controlled by genes and each non reproductive tissues caused by environmental
gene controls one character. factors. These are not inheritable.
(ii) Chromosomes are gene carrier and genes are
basic unit of heredity.
Long Answer Type
(iii) One form of gene may be dominant on other, 1. Mendel conducted his breeding experiments in
i.e., genes are allelic in nature. three steps. These steps are :
(iv) The two forms of alleles separate at the time (i) Selection of pure breeding parent plants (i.e.,
of gamete formation i.e., they do not mix with each plants producing same phenotype and genotype in
other. every generation).
(v) Two allelic forms of a gene are brought together (ii) Production of first generation of plants by cross
in zygote. breeding (hybridisation).
5. In this breeding experiment, ratio of purple to (iii) Raising of second and subsequent generations
white flowers is approximately 3 : 1 in F2 generation. by self-fertilisation of hybrids.
So the ratio is according to Mendelian monohybrid While performing his cross breeding experiments,
cross. The cross further explains the following facts: Mendel took a number of precautions. He always
(i) F1 is represented only by dominant trait, i.e., focused on the inheritance of the specific traits under
purple flowered plants. consideration and simply ignored others.
(ii) Both the traits, i.e., purple and white flower In cross breeding experiments, to avoid self-
colour appear in F2 generation. fertilisation between two varieties or traits of plants,
Mendel removed the anthers (male reproductive
6. Asexual reproduction is monoparental
parts) of the flowers well before the maturity of
(one parent is involved) and produces identical
the female reproductive part, i.e., gynoecium of the
offsprings with only very minor variations (due
flowers. This process is called emasculation. Such
to environmental factors). Sexual reproduction is
flowers were covered to avoid entry of any foreign
biparental i.e., it involves a father and a mother.
pollen grain from outside by wind or animals. For
Every offspring produced through sexual
making a desired cross, mature pollen grains from
reproduction receives some characters of father and
the anther of the flower of the desired plant were
some characters of mother. Genetic recombinations
transferred on the stigma (female reproductive part)
occur at gametogenesis by crossing over during of the emasculated mature flower. The seeds formed
meiosis. Therefore, offsprings show some similarities by such crosses were collected. These seeds belonged
and some marked differences (variations) among to the first filial generation or F 1 generation. To
themselves as well as from their parents. draw effective conclusions, Mendel used the seeds
7. To determine the genotype of a plant, i.e., of F1 generation to raise the F2 generation by self
whether the individual is exhibiting dominant pollination and also the F 2 seeds for raising F 3
character is homozygous or heterozygous, a test generation by self-pollination. He maintained all
cross is carried out by a geneticist. The individual the records of his experiments.
having dominant phenotype is crossed with its 2. Diploid organisms like human beings have
homozygous recessive parent. If heterozygous tall is separate sexes. In organisms, where sex is determined
crossed with homozygous recessive parent, tall and genetically, a pair of chromosomes called sex
dwarf will be produced, in equal proportion while chromosomes determines the sex of the individual.
if homozygous tall is crossed with homozygous All other chromosomes are termed autosomes. In
recessive, the upcoming progenies will contain all human beings, there are 46 chromosomes. Of these,
tall plants. one pair is of sex chromosomes which are of two
8. Inherited traits are controlled by genes and types – X chromosome and Y chromosome.
are passed on from one generation to another. Any (i) A male individual contains one X chromosome
alteration in the DNA (genes) will be passed on, and one Y chromosome i.e., XY.

B40 Heredity Class 10 | Biology

(ii) A female contains two X chromosomes i.e., XX. 5. (b) : Test cross between the parent and recessive
The sex of the child is determined at the time of parent is as follows:
fertilisation when male and female gametes fuse to AaBb × aa bb
form zygote. It can be shown as follows:
AaBb → 1 Red eyed long wings

Resulting Aabb → 1 Red eyed short wings

progenies aaBb → 1 White eyed long wings
aabb → 1 White eyed short wings
Case II
and 1. (d) : IA allele is dominant over i. So, a person
with either IAi or IAIA genotype will have (A) blood
group.
2. (c) : Phenotype of blood group depends on the
genotype of the parents.
(i) If the man has IAIA genotype and the woman has
3. (a) Law of segregation states that, “when a pair IBIB genotype then the child will have IAIB genotype
of contrasting factor or gene are brought together in and blood group will be AB.
a hybrid; these factors do not blend or mix up but
(ii) If the man’s genotype is I A i and woman’s
simply associate themselves and remain together
and separate at the time of gamete formation”, i.e., genotype is I Bi then the child will have I AI B or ii
allele pairs segregate during gamete formation and genotype that means child will either have AB or O
the paired condition is restored by random fusion blood group.
of gametes during fertilisation. (iii) If man’s genotype is IAi and woman’s genotype
(b) (i) Complete dominance is the condition in is IBIB then the child genotype will be IAIB or IBi. So,
which the F1 phenotype resembles the dominant the child will have AB or B blood group.
parent, i.e., one of the two parents.
(iv) If man’s genotype is IAIA and woman’s genotype
(ii) Incomplete dominance is the condition in which
is IBi then child will have IAIB or IAi genotype and
the F1 phenotype does not resemble both the parents
will have AB or A blood group.
and is in between the two.
3. (d) : If a male with ii genotype marries a female
Case Based Questions with IAIB genotype, then the child will have IAi or IBi
genotype and will have A or B blood group.
Case I
4. (c) : In ABO blood group system, IA allele which
1. (c) : The progenies with red eyes and long wings
produce A and I B allele which produce B blood
will have the genotypes AABB, AABb, AaBB and
group are both dominant over i (i.e, i is recessive).
AaBb.
IA and IB are codominant.
2. (d) : The total number of progenies with a
5. (a) : Woman Man
recombinant phenotypes i.e., with red eyes, short
I Ai I Ai
wings and white eyes, long wings are 6 out of 16.
3. (d) : In a dihybrid cross, the genotypic ratio will
be 1 : 2 : 2 : 4 : 1 : 2 : 1 : 2 : 1.
4. (c) : The number of insect progenies with white Children I AI A I Ai I Ai ii
eyed short wings are 1, red eyed short wings are 1 2 1
3, red eyed long wings are 9 and white eyed long 2 out of 4 children will have the same genotype (IAi)
wings are 3. as parents.

Biology | Class 10 Heredity B41

 Case III the number of progenies with one dominant and one
1. (c) : AaBb × AaBb recessive character will be
↓ 6
× 1280 = 480
1280 progenies 16
Homozygous progenies 3. (b) : Progenies that will be hybrid for both
the characters will have the genotype AaBb. In a
AABB 1
dihybrid cross, 4 out of 16 progenies have AaBb
aa bb 1
genotype. So, out of 1280, number of progenies that
2 out of 16 progenies will be homozygous. So, out are hybrid for both the characters will be
of 1280 progenies number of homozygous progenies
4 1
will be × 1280 or × 1280 = 320.
16 4
2
× 1280 = 160
16 4. (a) : Progenies that will have homozygous
2. (d) : Genotypes of the progenies are as follows: recessive character will have aabb genotype. In a
Both dominant characters : AABB(1) : AaBB(2) : dihybrid cross number of aabb genotype will be 1
AABb(2) : AaBb(4) out of 16. So, out of 1280 progenies, homozygous
One dominant and one : AAbb(1) : Aabb(2) 1
recessive progenies will be × 1280 = 80.
6 16
Recessive character aaBB(1) : aaBb(2)
Both recessive character : aabb(1) 5. (c) : Genotype AaBb will be found in maximum
6 out of 16 progenies will have one dominant and number because their ratio is 4/16 which is maximum
one recessive character. So, out of 1280 progenies, among all the genotypes.



B42 Heredity Class 10 | Biology